advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of 521
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 0 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 California Proposition 65 Warning WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner. This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. 00X31-TX6-6400 Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. 2017 ILX OM-03095 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 1 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 A Few Words About Safety You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including: Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle. ● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean: To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment. 3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions. 3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions. 3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions. ● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. ● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. ● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely. This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 2 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Contents This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model. Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features. 2 Safe Driving P. 23 For Safe Driving P. 24 Seat Belts P. 28 Airbags P. 35 2 Instrument Panel P. 63 Indicators P. 64 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 88 2 Controls P. 107 Clock P. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 110 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 132 Adjusting the Seats P. 148 2 Features P. 165 Audio System P. 166 Customized Features * P. 245 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171, 193 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * P. 266 This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada. 2 Driving P. 331 The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation. Before Driving P. 332 Towing a Trailer P. 337 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 406 Refueling P. 407 2 Maintenance P. 411 Before Performing Maintenance P. 412 Maintenance MinderTM P. 415 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 454 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 461 Tools P. 462 Overheating P. 489 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 463 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 491 2 Information P. 499 Specifications P. 500 Emissions Testing P. 505 Identification Numbers P. 502 Warranty Coverages P. 507 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 3 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Contents Quick Reference Guide Child Safety P. 48 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 122 Security System P. 126 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 133 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 156 Audio Error Messages P. 235 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 269, 298 Braking P. 389 Maintenance Under the Hood P. 420 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442 Cleaning P. 455 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431 Battery P. 451 Accessories and Modifications P. 460 Engine Does Not Start P. 482 Fuses P. 495 Jump Starting P. 485 Emergency Towing P. 498 Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 503 Authorized Manuals P. 509 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 129 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146 Climate Control System P. 161 General Information on the Audio System P. 241 When Driving P. 338 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 409 Reporting Safety Defects P. 504 Client Service Information P. 510 P. 4 Safety Labels P. 61 Safe Driving P. 23 Instrument Panel P. 63 Controls P. 107 Features P. 165 Driving P. 331 Maintenance P. 411 Handling the Unexpected P. 461 Information P. 499 Index P. 512 Parking Your Vehicle P. 402 Remote Transmitter Care P. 452 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 488 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 4 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Quick Reference Guide Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P382) ❙ System Indicators (P64) ❙ Gauges (P88) ❙ Multi-Information Display (P89) ❙ Audio/Information Screen * (P172) ❙ Navigation System * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Hazard Warning Button ❙ Audio System (P166) ❙ On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM* (P194) ❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P133) ❙ Climate Control System (P161) ❙ Rear Window Defogger/ Heated Mirror Button (P143) ❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P143) ❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Button * (P396) ❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button * (P370) 4 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 5 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P348) ❙ Remote Audio Control Buttons (P170) ❙ Brightness Control (P142) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P348) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P136) ❙ Fog Lights * (P139) ❙ Wipers/Washers (P140) ❙ Cruise Control Buttons * (P349) ❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons * (P354) ❙ Distance Button * (P362) ❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button * (P375) ❙ SEL/RESET Button (P92) ❙ (Information) Button (P90) ❙ Horn (Press an area around .) ❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P269) * Not available on all models 5 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 6 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Memory Buttons (P145) ❙ SET Button * (P145) * ❙ Power Window Switches (P129) ❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P120) ❙ Door Mirror Controls (P147) ❙ Driver's Front Airbag (P38) ❙ Rearview Mirror (P146) ❙ Parking Brake (P389) ❙ Passenger's Front Airbag (P38) ❙ USB Adapter Cable * (P167) ❙ Shift Lever Dual Clutch Transmission (P345) ❙ Glove Box (P157) ❙ Interior Fuse Box (P496) ❙ Hood Release Handle (P421) ❙ Trunk Release (P122) ❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P408) 6 ❙ Seat Heater Switches * (P160) ❙ Auxiliary Input Jack * (P167) ❙ HDMI® Port * (P168) ❙ USB Port * (P168) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P159) 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 7 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 ❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P44) ❙ Coat Hook (P159) ❙ Grab Handle ❙ Seat Belts (P28) ❙ Moonroof Switch (P132) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Ceiling Light (P156) ❙ Map Lights (P156) ❙ Sun Visors ❙ Vanity Mirrors ❙ Front Seat (P148) ❙ Side Airbags (P42) ❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P55) ❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P57) ❙ Rear Seat (P154) ❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P53) * Not available on all models 7 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 8 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P420) ❙ Windshield Wipers (P140, 440) ❙ Power Door Mirrors (P147) ❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P113) ❙ Headlights (P136, 431) ❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P136, 433, 434) ❙ Tires (P442, 463, 475) ❙ Fog Lights * (P139, 431) ❙ How to Refuel (P408) ❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P439) ❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P122) ❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P125) ❙ Trunk Release Button (P123) ❙ Multi-View Rear Camera (P406) ❙ Back-Up Lights (P438) ❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P436) ❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P436) ❙ Brake/Taillights (P436) 8 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 9 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Safe Driving (P23) Child Safety (P48) ● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. ● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. ● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat. Quick Reference Guide Airbags (P35) ● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision. Exhaust Gas Hazard (P60) ● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate. Seat Belts (P28) Before Driving Checklist (P27) ● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat. ● Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly. ● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted. Fasten your lap belt as low as possible. * Not available on all models 9 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 10 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Instrument Panel (P63) Quick Reference Guide Gauges (P88)/Multi-Information Display (P89)/System Indicators (P64) System Indicators Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator * Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator * Multi-Information Display Tachometer Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Speedometer Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp Temperature Gauge Low Oil Pressure Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator Fuel Gauge Models without full color display VSA® OFF Indicator Immobilizer System Indicator Keyless Access System Indicator Charging System Indicator Security System Alarm Indicator U.S. Canada Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) Shift Lever Position Indicator System Indicators 10 System Indicators Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator System Message Indicator Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator * Brake System U.S. M (sequential mode) Indicator (Amber) Indicator/Gear Canada Position Indicator Low Fuel Indicator Lights Indicators CRUISE MAIN Indicator * Lights On Indicator CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * High Beam Indicator Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Fog Light Indicator * Door and Trunk Open Indicator * 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book Controls 11 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 (P107) Models with one display a Models with navigation system The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically. b Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to set the time. Press Preset (6 (Reset) to set the time to the nearest hour. c Press the CLOCK button again to set the time. Models without navigation system Models with two displays You can also adjust the time manually. Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the displayed time begins flashing. ENGINE START/STOP Button (P133) a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P108) b Rotate . to change hour, then press c Rotate press . to change minute, then Press the button to change the vehicle’s power mode. Turn Signals (P136) Turn Signal Control Lever Right Quick Reference Guide Clock (P108) Left Lights (P136) Light Control Switches High Beam Low Beam Flashing * Not available on all models 11 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 12 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Quick Reference Guide Wipers and Washers Steering Wheel (P143) (P140) ● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever towards you, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place. Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Pull toward you to spray washer fluid. Trunk Release ● To unlock and open the trunk: Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P118) ● Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it in one motion. Adjustment Ring : Low Sensitivity*1 : Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2 : High Sensitivity*1 : Higher speed, more sweeps*2 *1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers *2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers 12 Trunk (P122) • Pull the trunk release. • Press the trunk release button on the keyless access remote. • Press the trunk release button on the trunk lid. Power Door Mirrors (P147) ● With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R. ● Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. Selector Switch Adjustment Switch 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 13 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Climate Control System (P161) ● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. ● Press the button to turn the system on or off. ● Press the button to defrost the windshield. Power Window Lock Button On models with navigation system The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details. / (Fan Control) Buttons Indicator (ON/OFF) Button Driver's Side Temperature Control Dial Window Switch Quick Reference Guide Power Windows (P129) ● With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows. ● If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger's window can be opened and closed with its own switch. ● If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passenger's window switch is disabled. (Windshield Defroster) Button Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial AUTO Button MODE Control Button SYNC (Synchronized) Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button (Recirculation) Button Air flows from dashboard vents. Air flows from floor and dashboard vents. Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. 13 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 14 ページ Features 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 (P165) Quick Reference Guide Audio Remote Controls Audio system (P166) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual Models with one display (P170) VOL Button MODE Button Audio/ Information Screen AM Button VOL / (Volume/Power) Knob FM Button CD Slot (CD Eject) Button CD Button CH Button ● VOL (Volume) Button Press / to adjust the volume up/ down. ● MODE Button AUX Button Preset Buttons Models with one display Press to change the audio mode: FM1/ FM2/AM/CD/AUX. Models with two displays Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM®/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth® Audio/ Pandora® */AhaTM/AUX HDMI® ● CH (Channel) Button Radio:Press to change the preset station. Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station. CD/USB device: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Press and hold to change a folder. 14 FOLDER Bar SKIP Bar SCAN Button A.SEL (Auto Select) Button BACK Button SETUP Button PHONE Button DISPLAY Button Selector Knob 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 15 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Models with two displays On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (Tune Down) Icon*1 Sound Icon*1 Quick Reference Guide Audio/Information Screen (Tune Up) Icon*1 CD Slot VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Audio Source *1 (CD Eject) Button Shortcuts*1 Scan Icon*1 TAG Icon*1 Presets*1 More*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1 INFO Button AUDIO Button PHONE Button APP Button BACK Button MENU Button (Day/Night) Button SETTINGS Button Interface Dial/ENTER Button *1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. * Not available on all models 15 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book Driving 16 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 (P331) Quick Reference Guide Dual Clutch Transmission (P345) ● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. ● Shifting ● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking. Models with full color display Shift Lever Release Button Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Reverse Used when reversing. Neutral Transmission is not locked. Drive Normal driving. D-paddle shift mode can be used. S Position Sequential shift mode can be used. Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P . Press the release button to move the shift lever. Move the shift lever without pressing the release button. 16 Paddle Shifters (P348) Shift Lever Position Indicator M Indicator Selected Gear Number Models without full color display M Indicator Selected Gear Number Shift Down (Paddle Shifter Shift Lever Position Indicator Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter ● D-paddle shift mode: The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising. ● Sequential shift mode: Holds the selected gear, and the M indicator comes on. ● The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 17 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P385) ● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces. ● VSA® comes on automatically every time you start the engine. ● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. ● The TPMS monitors tire pressure. ● The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. Cruise Control * (P349) Refueling (P407) Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L) a Push the fuel fill door release handle. b Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap. c Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door. d After refueling, screw the cap back on until it clicks at least once. Quick Reference Guide VSA® OFF Button (P382) ● Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. ● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press DECEL/SET once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h). Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * (P393) ● When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision. ● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. * Not available on all models 17 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 18 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Maintenance Quick Reference Guide Under the Hood (P420) ● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary. ● Check brake fluid. ● Check the battery condition monthly. a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard. b Locate the hood latch lever, slide the lever and lift the hood. c 18 (P411) When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place. Wiper Blades (P440) ● Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield. Tires (P442) Lights (P431) ● Inspect tires and wheels regularly. ● Check tire pressures regularly. ● Install snow tires for winter driving. ● Inspect all lights regularly. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 19 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Handling the Unexpected (P461) Engine Won't Start (P482) Overheating (P489) ● If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery. ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down. Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P495) Emergency Towing (P491) ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate. (P498) Vehicles with optional spare tire Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk. ● Identify the indicator and consult the owner's manual. Quick Reference Guide Flat Tire (P463) ● Vehicles with tire repair kit Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit. ● Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 19 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 20 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 What to Do If Quick Reference Guide 20 The power mode does not change from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why? The shift lever should be moved to (P . Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes? This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal. The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why? Check if the childproof lock is in the LOCK position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the UNLOCK position. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 21 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security. Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver's door? The beeper sounds when: ● The power mode is in ACCESSORY. ● The exterior lights are left on. Why does the beeper sound when I start driving? The beeper sounds when: ● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. ● The parking brake lever is not fully released. Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal? The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or higher on this vehicle? Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. Quick Reference Guide Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors? 21 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 22 22 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 23 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Safe Driving You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual. For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ............. 24 Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 26 Safety Checklist ................................. 27 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts........................ 28 Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 31 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 34 Airbags Airbag System Components............... 35 Types of Airbags ................................ 38 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 38 Side Airbags ...................................... 42 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 44 Airbag System Indicators.................... 45 Airbag Care ....................................... 47 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 48 Safety of Infants and Small Children .......50 Safety of Larger Children ................... 58 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 60 Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 61 23 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 24 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 For Safe Driving The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important. Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ■ Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. ■ Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat. ■ Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. ■ Don't drink and drive Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either. 24 1Important Safety Precautions Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 25 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions ■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely ■ Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Safe Driving Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving. ■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 25 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 26 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features Your Vehicle's Safety Features 1Your Vehicle's Safety Features 9 8 9 Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash. 6 10 7 8 10 11 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks Seat Belt Tensioners The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers. 26 Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash. However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 27 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist Safety Checklist 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118 • Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. 1Safety Checklist If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes off. 2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 71 * Safe Driving For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. • After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked. Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148 • Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position. 2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 151 • Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well. Models with full color display Models without full color display 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31 • Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height and weight. 2 Child Safety P. 48 * Not available on all models 27 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 28 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts Safe Driving Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers ■ Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger's and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats. 2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 55 28 1About Your Seat Belts 3 WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly. Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury. Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts. The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 29 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts ■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the power mode is set to ON before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on. Models with full color display Models without full color display If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt. Safe Driving Follow these guidelines for proper use: • All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash. • Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the driver’s and/or the front passenger’s seat belts is fastened. Continued The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 48 29 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 30 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. Safe Driving 30 The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags. 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash. During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 31 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat: 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148 1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. Correct Seated Posture. No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible. Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism. Safe Driving Pull out slowly. 1Fastening a Seat Belt 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or caught on anything. Latch Plate Buckle Continued 31 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 32 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe Driving Lap belt as low as possible 3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries. 4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body. ■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants. 1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button. 2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. Push 32 1Fastening a Seat Belt 3 WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash. Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving. To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door. 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 33 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen. Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. • When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible. Safe Driving If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 1Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 33 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 34 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: Safe Driving • Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. • Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision. 34 1Seat Belt Inspection 3 WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed. Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 35 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Airbags Airbag System Components 10 9 8 Safe Driving 8 7 11 8 6 8 8 8 Continued 35 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 36 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe Driving The front, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes: d An a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) e Automatic front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger's airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG. electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, airbag activators, and seat belt tensioners. front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened. side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. c Two side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG. 36 sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact. i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger's front airbag has been turned off. j An indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners. kA fA b Two h Impact driver's seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force. g Weight sensors in the front passenger's seat. The front passenger's airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child). rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 37 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components ■ Important Facts About Your Airbags What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible. Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection. When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover. Safe Driving Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. 1Important Facts About Your Airbags Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy. Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates. Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate. 37 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 38 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags Types of Airbags Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: • Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats. • Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs. • Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages. Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG. 38 1Types of Airbags The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 1Front Airbags (SRS) Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 39 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Operation Safe Driving Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate. A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall. ■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest. The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won't interfere with the driver's visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls. Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them. Continued 39 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 40 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ When front airbags should not deploy Safe Driving 40 Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. ■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. ■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 41 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags Driver’s Seat Position Sensor If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact. The passenger's advanced front airbag system has weight sensors. Passenger’s Seat Weight Sensors Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passenger's front airbag. If there is a problem with the driver's seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the driver's seating position. For both advanced front airbags to work properly: • Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat. • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. • All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly. • Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 46 Safe Driving Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants. The driver's advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor. Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. 2 Floor Mats P. 456 41 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 42 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver's and passenger's seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated Side Airbag 42 When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate. 1Side Airbags Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury. Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 43 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags ■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed. Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag. 43 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 44 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Safe Driving The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and any passengers during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes. ■ Housing Locations The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle. 1Side Curtain Airbags If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners. If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle. To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats. Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags. Side Curtain Airbag Storage ■ Operation The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a moderate-to-severe side impact. Deployed Side Curtain Airbag 44 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 45 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. Safe Driving Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display. ■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator Models with full color display Models without full color display 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator ■ When the power mode is set to ON 3 WARNING The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly. Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly. If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem. Continued 45 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 46 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator U.S. Canada ■ When the passenger airbag off Safe Driving indicator comes on The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger's front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat. 1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors. Such as: • An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket. • A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back. • A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger's seat. • The front seat or seat-back is forced back against Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 48 46 an object on the seat or floor behind it. • An object placed under the front passenger's seat. Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on. If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on. The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 47 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations: If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced. We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit. Safe Driving ■ When the airbags have deployed 1Airbag Care ■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash. ■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-888-9-ACURA-9. 47 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 48 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. Safe Driving To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle. Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: • An inflating front or side airbag can injure or kill a child sitting in the front seat. • A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver's ability to safely control the vehicle. • Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat. 48 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash. Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 49 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers • Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. • Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. • Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. 3 WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death. Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked. Safe Driving • Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision. 1Protecting Child Passengers To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. To remind you of the passenger's front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels. 2 Safety Labels P. 61 49 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 50 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Infants Safe Driving An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. ■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position. 1Protecting Infants 3 WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front. Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position. Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions before installation. When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag system. 2 Airbags P. 35 If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat. 50 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 51 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Smaller Children 1Protecting Smaller Children 3 WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates. If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child. Safe Driving If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat. ■ Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position. Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child. Continued Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. 51 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 52 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Selecting a Child Seat Safe Driving Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety. In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation instructions. ■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: • The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. • The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. • The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. 52 1Selecting a Child Seat Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple. LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 53 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Safe Driving A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors. 1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks. Marks Lower Anchors Rigid Type 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object. Continued 53 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 54 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat Safe Driving For your child's safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Flexible Type Tether Strap Hook Anchor 54 3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint. 4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 55 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. Safe Driving 1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks. 3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor. 4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4. 5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat. Continued 55 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 56 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe Driving 56 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 57 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Adding Security with a Tether Anchor Cover Outer Position Tether Strap Hook Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available. Safe Driving A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security. Tether Anchorage Points 1Adding Security with a Tether 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover. 2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Anchor Center Position Tether Strap Hook 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Anchor 57 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 58 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safety of Larger Children ■ Protecting Larger Children Safe Driving The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front. ■ Checking Seat Belt Fit When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions. ■ Checklist • Do the child's knees bend comfortably over the edge of the seat? • Does the shoulder belt cross between the child's neck and arm? • Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible, touching the child's thighs? • Will the child be able to stay seated like this for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat. 58 1Safety of Larger Children 3 WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passenger’s front airbag inflates. If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 59 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children ■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly. Safe Driving If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the child's safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer's recommendations. Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive. ■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: • Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information in this manual. • Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. • Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. • Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the seat. ■ Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly. 59 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 60 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. Safe Driving ■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever • The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. • The exhaust system may have been damaged. • The vehicle is raised for an oil change. When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. 1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting. Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running. 60 1Carbon Monoxide Gas 3 WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 61 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Safety Labels Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels carefully. Sun Visor U.S. models Safe Driving If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement. Canadian models Dashboard U.S. models only Radiator Cap 61 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 62 62 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 63 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Instrument Panel This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving. Indicators ............................................ 64 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 81 Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges.............................................. 88 Multi-Information Display .................. 89 63 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 64 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Indicators Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel U.S. Canada Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red) ● ● ● ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off if the parking brake has been released. Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released. Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 64 Explanation ● Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level. 2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 493 ● Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 493 Message*1 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 65 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● U.S. ● ● ● ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability. Message*1 U.S. U.S. Canada Canada — (Amber) ● Low Oil Pressure Indicator ● Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ● Instrument Panel Canada Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system. Explanation Comes on while driving Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 491 *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display Continued 65 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 66 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name ● *2 *3 Instrument Panel Shift Lever Position Indicator *2 *3 *2 *3 On/Blinking 2 Shifting P. 345 ● Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. ● Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display *2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display 66 Message*1 Indicates the current gear selection. Transmission Indicator M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Gear Position Indicator Explanation ● — — — — Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 348 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 67 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● Charging System Indicator ● Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If “readiness codes” have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system. Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders is detected. ● Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems. ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer. Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the battery is not charging. ● Message*1 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 505 ● Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator Lamp Explanation 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 492 Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 491 *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display Continued 67 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 68 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel ● Seat Belt Reminder Indicator ● ● Low Fuel Indicator ● Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON. If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later. Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals. ● Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 1.9 U.S. gal./ 7.5 Liter left). Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. ● *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 68 Explanation ● The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts. Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 29 ● Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible. Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Message*1 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 69 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● Supplemental Restraint System Indicator ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner ● Message*1 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function. Instrument Panel Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Explanation 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 391 Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display Continued 69 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 70 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator ● ● Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF Indicator ● ● ● ● Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Blinks when VSA® is active. Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA® system or hill start assist system. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate VSA®. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 70 Explanation Message*1 Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 493 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 381 2 VSA® On and Off P. 382 — — 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 71 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● *2 ● ● ● Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator ● ● Comes on for a few seconds if you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if any door or the trunk is not completely closed. Comes on if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON. Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low. Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is temporarily installed. ● Message*1 Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed. — ● Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary. Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can. Instrument Panel Door and Trunk Open Indicator Explanation *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display *2:Models without full color display Continued 71 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 72 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Instrument Panel System Message Indicator Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multiinformation display appears at the same time. ● ● ● ● Turn Signal Indicators High-Beam Indicator ● ● Blink when you operate the turn signal lever. Blink along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button. Comes on when the high beam headlights are on. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 72 Explanation ● While the indicator is on, press the (information) button to see the message again. Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message. The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the button is pressed. Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately. Message*1 — — — — — — 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 433, 436 — 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 73 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Lights On Indicator ● ● Immobilizer System Indicator ● ● Comes on when the fog lights are on. Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information. ● ● ● If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver's door is opened. Message*1 — — — — — Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again. Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur. — — Instrument Panel Fog Light Indicator * Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on. Explanation *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display * Not available on all models Continued 73 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 74 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Indicator Name Security System Alarm Indicator On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel ● Keyless Access System Indicator ● CRUISE MAIN Indicator * ● CRUISE CONTROL Indicator * ● Blinks when the Security System Alarm has been set. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system. * Not available on all models 2 Security System Alarm P. 126 ● Message*1 — — Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. 2 Cruise Control * P. 349 — — Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control. 2 Cruise Control * P. 349 — — *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 74 Explanation 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 75 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Models with RDM Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off. ● Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator Message Instrument Panel ● Explanation 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 ● ● Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 * Not available on all models Continued 75 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 76 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Models with ACC Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel ● Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Amber) ● ● ● Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator (Green) Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with ACC. ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ACC has been automatically canceled. ● When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the indicator does not go off even after you clean the sensor cover. ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high. ACC has been automatically canceled. ● Explanation ● 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * P. 354 ● ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the MAIN button can resume the system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * P. 354 76 * Not available on all models Message — 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 77 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Models with LKAS Indicator Name ● ● ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on if the temperature inside the camera is too high. The LKAS has been automatically canceled. ● Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green) ● ● ● * Not available on all models Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS. Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) Explanation ● Message Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * P. 373 ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. ● Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system. — Instrument Panel Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber) On/Blinking 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * P. 373 ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. Continued 77 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 78 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name ● ● Instrument Panel Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator * ● ● On/Blinking Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Stays on while BSI is turned off. — Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor. ● Comes on if there is a problem with the system. ● *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 78 * Not available on all models Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor. 2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * P. 383 Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Message*1 — 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 79 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Models with CMBSTM Indicator Name On/Blinking ● * Not available on all models ● ● ● Message Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 393 Instrument Panel Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds. Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM. Explanation Continued 79 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 80 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsu Models with CMBSTM Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off. Explanation ● Instrument Panel Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 ● Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator * ● When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 393 ● Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 80 * Not available on all models Message 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 81 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the with the system message indicator on. Message*1 Condition ● ● Explanation Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed. Appears when the washer fluid is low. 2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 492 ● Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 430 — ● ● Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW/ Maintenance Due Now and SERVICE PAST DUE/Maintenance Past Due follow. Instrument Panel Canadian models (information) button to see the message again 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display P. 417 *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display Continued 81 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 82 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition ● Instrument Panel ● ● Explanation Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high. Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery. Appears when the battery is not charging. 2 Overheating P. 489 ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears along with the battery charging system indicator - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption. 2 Checking the Battery P. 451 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 491 *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 82 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 83 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition U.S. Canada Canada ● Appears when the starter system has a problem. ● As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Appears if the keyless access remote’s battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times. ● Bring the keyless remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with. ● Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. ● ● Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. — Instrument Panel U.S. Explanation 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483 Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). — *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display Continued 83 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 84 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition ● Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle. Explanation ● Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door. 2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 135 Instrument Panel ● ● ● ● Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak. 2 Starting the Engine P. 338 Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE message appears. Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P . Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452 Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door. *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display 84 ● 2 Starting the Engine P. 338 ● Move the shift lever to (P . The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 85 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Message*1 Condition ● Explanation Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote *. ● ● — ● ● Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves. ● Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed. Appears if any door is opened while driving. The beeper sounds. ● Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed. Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. ● Appears while driving - The low beam headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. ● Immediately stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears. Instrument Panel 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 340 — *1:On the left: Models without full color display On the right: Models with full color display * Not available on all models Continued 85 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 86 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with ACC Message Condition ● Instrument Panel 86 Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you. Explanation ● Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 393 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * P. 354 ● Appears when ACC has been automatically canceled. ● You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/ACCEL button. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * P. 354 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 87 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages Models with LKAS Message Condition ● Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The beeper sounds simultaneously. Explanation ● Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. ● RDM selected Warning only Instrument Panel ● Alerts you with a beep that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. RDM selected Normal or Wide ● Alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. ● Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS. ● Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action. 87 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 88 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON. ■ Speedometer Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h. Instrument Panel ■ Tachometer Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute. ■ Fuel Gauge Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank. 1Fuel Gauge NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches E . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading. ■ Temperature Gauge Displays the temperature of the engine coolant. 1Temperature Gauge NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal. 2 Overheating P. 489 88 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 89 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information. Instrument Panel Continued 89 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 90 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Switching the Display ■ Main displays Press the (information) button to change the display. Models with full color display Instrument Panel Blank Screen Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy Range Elapsed Time Turn-by-Turn Directions * (information) Button 90 * Not available on all models Vehicle Settings Engine Oil Life ᵑᵑ ᵑᵑ ᵑᵐ ᵑᵐ Tire Pressure for Each Tire Compass * Average Speed 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 91 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Models without full color display Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy Vehicle Settings Engine Oil Life Range Tire Pressure for Each Tire Instrument Panel (information) Blank Screen Elapsed Time Average Speed Button Continued 91 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 92 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Lower displays Press the SEL/RESET button to change the display. Models with full color display Instrument Panel Outside temperature SEL/RESET Button SEL/RESET Button Odometer SEL/RESET Button 92 SEL/RESET Button Trip A Trip B 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 93 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Models without full color display SEL/RESET Button Instrument Panel SEL/RESET Button Odometer SEL/RESET Button Trip A Trip B Outside temperature SEL/RESET Button Continued 93 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 94 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated. ■ Trip Meter Instrument Panel Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips. 1Trip Meter Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the SEL/RESET button. ■ Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0. ■ Outside Temperature Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). ■ Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect. 1Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. Use the multi-information display’s customized features to correct the temperature. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 ■ Average Fuel Economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. 94 1Average Fuel Economy You can change when to reset the average fuel economy. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 95 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Instant Fuel Economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). ■ Range ■ Elapsed Time 1Elapsed Time You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Average Speed 1Average Speed Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Turn-by-Turn Directions * You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 1Turn-by-Turn Directions * Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual * Not available on all models Instrument Panel Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips. The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used. You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Continued 95 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 96 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Shows each tire’s pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitor P. 386 ■ Engine Oil Life Instrument Panel 96 Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 415 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 97 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Customized Features 1Customized Features To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel. 2 List of customizable options P. 100 2 Example of customization settings P. 105 Use the multi-information display to customize certain features. ■ How to customize button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET Models with driving position memory system Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings. Models with full color display Models without full color display Customization is possible when you see the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the driver’s door with that remote. Instrument Panel Press the button. Shift to (P before you attempt to change any customized setting. Models with On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM SEL/RESET Button: Enters the selected item Button: Changes the customize menus and items * Not available on all models Continued Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen shows the same menu. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 97 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 98 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Customization flow Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button. Vehicle Settings SEL/RESET Instrument Panel Driver Assist System Setup SEL/RESET Meter Setup SEL/RESET Forward Collision Warning Distance * ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * ACC Display Speed Unit * Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Blind Spot Info * Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing SEL/RESET Turn by Turn Display * Driving Position Setup * SEL/RESET Memory Position Link Keyless Access Setup SEL/RESET Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * 98 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 99 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Lighting Setup SEL/RESET Interior Light Dimming Time Auto Light Sensitivity SEL/RESET Door Setup SEL/RESET Maintenance Info. SEL/RESET Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Instrument Panel Headlight Auto Off Timer Maintenance Reset Default All Exit Continued 99 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 100 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Instrument Panel Driver Assist System Setup Customizable Features Selectable Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance * Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit * Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multiinformation display. mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off *1:Default Setting 100 Description * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 101 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Customizable Features Selectable Settings English*1/Français/ Español Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 Turn by Turn Display * Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off Instrument Panel Changes the displayed language. Language Selection Meter Setup Description *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 101 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 102 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Driving Position Setup * Instrument Panel Keyless Access Setup Customizable Features Selectable Settings Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only*1/All Doors Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/ Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off *1:Default Setting 102 Description * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 103 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Lighting Setup Description Selectable Settings Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock. With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/ All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90sec/60sec/30sec*1 Instrument Panel Door Setup Customizable Features *1: Default Setting Continued 103 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 104 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Setup Group Maintenance Info. Customizable Features Maintenance Reset Default All Instrument Panel 104 *1: Default Setting — Description Selectable Settings Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. Cancel/Reset Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default. Cancel/Set 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 105 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display ■ Example of customization settings The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset. 1. Press and release the button to select Vehicle Settings, then press the *1 *2 SEL/RESET button. Instrument Panel *1 *2 2. Press and release the button until Meter Setup appears on the display. 3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u Language Selection appears first on the display. *1 : Models with full color display *2 : Models without full color display Continued 105 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 106 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display Instrument Panel *1 *2 *1 *2 *1 *2 *1 : Models with full color display *2 : Models without full color display 106 4. Press and release the button until “Trip A” Reset Timing appears on the display, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit. 5. Press and release the button select When Refueled, then press the SEL/ RESET button. u The When Refueled Setup screen appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen. 6. Press and release the button until Exit appears on the display, press the SEL/ RESET button. 7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 107 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Controls This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving. Clock .................................................. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions .................. 110 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 112 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 113 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 118 Childproof Door Locks ..................... 120 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 121 Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 122 Security System ................................ 126 Immobilizer System .......................... 126 * Not available on all models Security System Alarm...................... 126 Opening and Closing the Windows .... 129 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ....... 132 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 133 Turn Signals ..................................... 136 Light Switches.................................. 136 Fog Lights * ...................................... 139 Daytime Running Lights ................... 139 Wipers and Washers ........................ 140 Brightness Control ........................... 142 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...143 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 143 Driving Position Memory System * .... 144 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 146 Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 146 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 147 Adjusting the Seats .......................... 148 Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 148 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 156 Interior Lights .................................. 156 Interior Convenience Items .............. 157 Climate Control System ................... 161 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 161 Synchronized Mode ......................... 163 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......164 107 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 108 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Clock Models without navigation system 1Clock You can adjust the time in the clock display, with the power mode in ON. Models with navigation system The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted. Adjusting the Clock 1Adjusting the Clock Models with one display Controls SETUP Button 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock on the screen. 3. Press . Adjust Clock appears. 4. Rotate to select the item you want to adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute). Then press . 5. Rotate to make the adjustment. 6. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to adjust other items. 7. To enter the selection, rotate and select Set, then press . 108 These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate to select. Press to enter. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 109 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuClockuAdjusting the Clock Models with two displays 1Adjusting the Clock 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock, then Clock Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press . Models with two displays The clock is automatically updated when your smartphone is connected to the audio system with Sync Clock w/ Smartphone setting. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 Controls * Not available on all models 109 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 110 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys: All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft. 2 Immobilizer System P. 126 ■ Keys ■ Keyless access remote Models without two-way keyless access remote Controls Models with two-way keyless access remote 1Key Types and Functions Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, to lock and unlock the doors and to open the trunk. The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: • Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in locations with high temperature or high humidity. • Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. • Keep the keys away from liquids. • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer. Models with two-way keyless access remote You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 340 110 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 111 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions Models without two-way keyless access remote Release Knob Built-in Key The built-in key can be used to lock or unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/unlock operation is disabled. To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks. Controls Models with two-way keyless access remote Release Knob Built-in Key Continued 111 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 112 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength ■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key. Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer. If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer. Controls Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine. In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: • Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. • You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. • A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote. 112 1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 113 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Keyless Access System 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors and trunk within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or trunk release button. 1Using the Keyless Access System Press the door lock button on the front door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets. Continued Controls If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors will automatically relock. ■ Locking the doors and the trunk Door Lock Button If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately. 2 Interior Lights P. 156 You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. 113 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 114 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Unlocking the doors and the trunk Grab the driver’s door handle: u The driver’s door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passenger’s door handle: u All the doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Controls Trunk Release Button Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u The beeper will sound. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 123 1Using the Keyless Access System • Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you. • Even if you are not carrying the keyless access • • • • • • remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range. The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range. If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors. After locking the door, wait at least two seconds before unlocking it by gripping the handle. The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle. Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle. The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass. The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the audio/information screen or multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 114 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 115 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Remote Transmitter 1Using the Remote Transmitter ■ Locking the doors LED Unlock Button Lock Button LED*1 ■ Unlocking the doors Unlock Button Lock Button Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver's door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock. You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings. Controls Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the security system is set. If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452 You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 *1: Checking Door Lock Status * P. 117 * Not available on all models Continued 115 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 116 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key If the keyless access remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead of the keyless access remote. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452 Fully insert the key and turn it. When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors. If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes off when you open the hood or move the shift lever out of (P before the power mode is set to ON. Lock Controls You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Unlock ■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key ■ Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door. ■ Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door. ■ Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. 116 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand when you lock the driver’s door, any of the other doors, otherwise you may end up locking the key inside the vehicle. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 117 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Checking Door Lock Status * Red Green Amber You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances. Lock Button 1Checking Door Lock Status * Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range of unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as the standard keyless access remote. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Controls When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 340 Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: • Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. • Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not completely closed. • Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status from the vehicle. * Not available on all models 117 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 118 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Using the Lock Tab Lock Tab To Lock 1Using the Lock Tab ■ Locking a door Push the lock tab forward. ■ Unlocking a door To Unlock Controls 118 Pull the lock tab rearward. When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 119 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one motion. The inner front door handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion. Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided. 2 Childproof Door Locks P. 120 Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors. Controls Inner Handle To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Continued 119 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 120 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks ■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors. To Lock 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time. To Unlock Controls Master Door Lock Switch Childproof Door Locks 1Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab. ■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door. ■ When opening the door Unlock Lock 120 Open the door using the outside door handle. To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 121 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a certain condition is met. ■ Auto Door Locking ■ Drive lock mode 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). ■ Auto Door Unlocking All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened. Controls ■ Driver’s door open mode 121 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 122 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Opening and Closing the Trunk Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk ■ Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight. ■ Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Controls Using the Trunk Opener Pulling the trunk release to the lower left of the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk. Trunk Release 122 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 123 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button ■ Locking the trunk opener You can lock the trunk release with the builtin key. Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked. Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper will sound. 1Using the Trunk Release Button • Do not leave the keyless access remote in the Controls Using the Trunk Release Button vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you. • Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone else with the remote is within range. • Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the trunk cannot be closed. 123 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 124 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk. Trunk Release Button If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you will have to lock it manually. Controls Trunk Release Button Trunk Main Switch ON OFF Main Switch 1Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter and the trunk release button on the trunk lid to protect luggage in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove box. 3. Lock the glove box. 4. Lock the trunk release. 2 Using the Trunk Opener P. 122 124 1Using the Remote Transmitter If you need to give the key to someone else, remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 125 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener Emergency Trunk Opener Lever The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety. 1Emergency Trunk Opener Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature. Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow. Controls 125 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 126 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Security System Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key. Controls Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: • Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/ STOP button. • Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. • Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system with the keyless access remote. • Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic device, such as televisions and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic. Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. However, the alarm goes off if a door is opened with the key and then the shift lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON. ■ When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash. ■ To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access remote. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated. 126 1Immobilizer System NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended. Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. 1Security System Alarm Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 127 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Setting the security system alarm 1Security System Alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The hood and trunk are closed. • All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. ■ When the security system alarm sets ■ To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, or you grab either front door handle while carrying the keyless access remote, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same time. Continued If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. Controls The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set. Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: • Unlocking the door with the lock tab. • Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the emergency trunk opener. • Opening the hood with the hood release. • Moving the shift lever out of (P . 127 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 128 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Panic Mode ■ The PANIC button on the remote Panic Button transmitter If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: • The horn sounds. • Some exterior lights flash. Controls Panic Button ■ Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON. 128 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 129 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Opening and Closing the Windows Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows. The power window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat. ■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function ON OFF Power Window Lock Button Driver’s Window Switch Front Passenger’s Window Switch Indicator ■ Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly. The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation 3 WARNING Closing a power window on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them. The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. Controls When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle. 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. Continued 129 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 130 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function Close To open: Push the switch down. To close: Pull the switch up. Release the switch when the window reaches the desired position. Open Controls ■ Opening Windows and Moonroof with the Remote Unlock Button To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. If the windows and moonroof stop midway, repeat the procedure. 130 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 131 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key Close Open Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation. Controls To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there. 131 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 132 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. ■ Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. Open To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Controls Close Tilt The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, push the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release. 132 1Opening/Closing the Moonroof 3 WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone's hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor. The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 133 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Changing the Power Mode 1ENGINE START/STOP Button ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range Operating Range Indicator VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The power to all electrical components is turned off. Controls ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle. ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running. ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used. If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483 Without pressing the brake pedal Press the button without the shift lever in (P . Press the button. Shift to (P then press the button. Shift to (P . Continued 133 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 134 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Power Mode Reminder If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds. ■ Automatic Power Off Controls 134 If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 135 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Keyless Access Remote Reminder Models with full color display Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range. Models without full color display If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote is out. ■ When the power mode is in ACCESSORY If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle. When the keyless access remote is within the system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the warning function cancels. If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button. Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer. Controls ■ When the power mode is in ON 1Keyless Access Remote Reminder Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the system’s operational range. 135 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 136 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON. Right Turn ■ One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. Left Turn Controls This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change. Light Switches 1Light Switches ■ Manual Operation High Beams Flashing the high beams Low Beams Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights 136 Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. ■ High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. ■ Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. ■ Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will sound when you open the driver’s door. When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on. 2 Lights On Indicator P. 73 If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer. Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 137 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Automatic Lighting Control 1Automatic Lighting Control Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON. We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities. When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly. Models with automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor Controls You can change the auto light sensitivity setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Models without automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor Continued 137 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 138 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Headlight Integration with Wiper * The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped. ■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature Controls The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door. If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position). The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. 1Automatic Lighting Control Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows: Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN Bright Dark 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 1Headlight Integration with Wiper * This feature activates during the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on. When the ambient light is at dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times. 1Automatic Lighting Off Feature You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 138 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 139 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights * Fog Lights * When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights. 1Fog Lights * The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on. 2 Fog Light Indicator * P. 73 Fog Light Switch Controls Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is in ON. • The headlight switch is off, or in . • The parking brake is released. The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside. * Not available on all models 139 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 140 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ MIST Pull to use washer. The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. Controls Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain. MIST ■ AUTO * INT *: Low speed with intermittent AUTO *: Automatic intermittent operation LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged. NOTICE ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT *, LO, HI) OFF 1Wipers and Washers 2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers * P. 141 ■ Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation. In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on. If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same. Lower speed, fewer sweeps Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged. Higher speed, more sweeps ■ Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop. 140 * Not available on all models The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 141 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers * 1Wipers and Washers When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode. ■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment When in AUTO, you can also adjust the rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment ring. 1Automatic Intermittent Wipers * The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below. Rainfall Sensor Controls Adjustment Ring The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects. If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle. Sensor sensitivity Low sensitivity: Wipers will operate when more rainfall is detected. High sensitivity: Wipers will operate when less rainfall is detected. * Not available on all models AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situation in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: • Cleaning the windshield • Driving through a car wash 141 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 142 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the brightness control knob to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Turn the knob to the right. Dim: Turn the knob to the left. Control Knob Controls Models with full color display You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after you have adjusted the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display. ■ Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it. Models without full color display 142 1Brightness Control Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on. When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change. If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the parking lights are on. The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 143 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON. The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture. 1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up. To adjust u The steering wheel adjustment lever is under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument panel gauges and indicators. 3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever To lock Lever down to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out. NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires. This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. Controls Adjusting the Steering Wheel 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door mirror may activate automatically for 10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON. 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel 3 WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash. Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped. Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving. 143 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 144 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System * Driving Position Memory System * You can store two driver’s seat positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions. When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. • DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. • DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2. Controls 144 DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 * Not available on all models 1Driving Position Memory System * Using the audio/information screen or multiinformation display, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 145 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System * ■ Storing a Position in Memory Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 ■ Recalling the Stored Position Memory Buttons 1. Move the shift lever to (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear the beep, and the indicator light will blink. After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: • You do not press the memory button within five seconds. • You readjust the seat position before the doublebeep. • You set the power mode to any position except ON. Controls SET Button 1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired position. 2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beep, and the memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on. 1Storing a Position in Memory 1Recalling the Stored Position The seat will stop moving if you: • Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2 . • Adjust the seat position. • Shift into a position other than (P . The seat will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on. 145 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 146 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position. ■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions * Tab Up Flip the tab to switch the position. The night position will help to reduce the glare from headlights behind you when driving after dark. Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility. Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 148 Controls Daytime Position Down Night Position ■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare from headlights behind you, based in inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is always active. Sensor 146 1Adjusting the Mirrors * Not available on all models 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * The auto dimming function cancels when the shift position is in (R . 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 147 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON. ■ Mirror position adjustment Selector Switch Adjustment Switch ■ Expanded View Driver's Mirror Outer Segment The driver side door mirror has outer and inner segments. The outer segment is slightly curved to provide a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror. This wider view may help you check areas that are not visible using a standard door mirror. 1Expanded View Driver's Mirror Controls L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror. Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they appear. Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side and behind your vehicle before changing lanes. Inner Segment 147 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 148 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Adjusting the Seats Adjusting the Seat Positions Allow sufficient space. Move back. Controls Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger's seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible. ■ Adjusting the front power seat(s) * 148 * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate. Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest. Horizontal Position Adjustment Height Adjustment (Driver’s seat only) 1Adjusting the Seats Always make seat adjustments before driving. Seat-back Angle Adjustment 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 149 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s) * 1Adjusting the front manual seat(s) * Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position. Height Adjustment (Driver’s seat only) Pull up or push down the lever to raise or lower the seat. Controls Seat-back Angle Adjustment Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle. Pull up on the bar to move the seat, then release the bar. * Not available on all models Continued 149 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 150 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions ■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel. Controls 150 The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position. Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. 3 WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat. Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation. If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 151 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. 1Head Restraints ■ Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions Position head in the center of the head restraint. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. Continued Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash. Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving. In order for the head restraint system to work properly: • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or from the restraint legs. • Do not place any objects between an occupant and the seat-back. • Install each restraint in its proper location. Controls Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant's head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant's ears should be level with the center height of the restraint. 3 WARNING 151 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 152 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints ■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions Controls A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. ■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. 152 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 3 WARNING To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out. Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position. Always replace the head restraints before driving. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 153 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Sitting Proper Position Maintain a Sitting Proper Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. 3 WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor. Controls In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag. 1Maintain a Sitting Proper Position 153 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 154 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seat Rear Seat ■ Folding Down the Rear Seat 1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide. Center Shoulder Belt 1Folding Down the Rear Seat The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk. Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Controls Guide 2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock. To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide. Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 46 Release Lever 3. Fold the seat-back down. If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints. 2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 152 154 Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard. The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 155 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest Armrest ■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest Pull down the armrest in the center backrest. Controls 155 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 156 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights ■ Interior Light Switches Front Door Activated Position Off On Controls Rear On Off 1Interior Light Switches ■ ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. ■ Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: • When any of the doors are opened. • You unlock the driver's door. • The lights also come on when the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. Door Activated Position The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: • When you lock the driver's door. • When you set the power mode to ON. If you leave any of the doors open, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes. ■ Map Lights 1Map Lights The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button. 156 In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: • When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it. • When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 When the front interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 157 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Interior Convenience Items ■ Glove Box 1Glove Box Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key. To Lock 3 WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt. Always keep the glove box closed while driving. Controls Glove Box ■ Console Compartment Press the button to open the console compartment. Button Continued 157 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 158 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders ■ Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats. NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior. Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you. Controls ■ Front door side beverage holders Are located on the both of front door side pockets. ■ Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders. 158 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 159 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Accessory Power Socket 1Accessory Power Socket The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON. Open the console lid and the cover to use it. NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element: The power socket can overheat. The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps). ■ Coat Hook Controls To prevent battery drain, use the power socket only when the engine is running. 1Coat Hook There is a coat hook on the rear left grab handle. Pull it down to use it. Continued The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy items. 159 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 160 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Seat Heaters * 1Seat Heaters * The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters. 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Controls Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. While in HI, the heater cycles on and off. u The appropriate indicator will be on while the seat heater is on. Briefly press the switch on the opposite side to turn the heater off. The indicator will be off. Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and does not automatically turn off. 160 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 161 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. / Buttons (Fan Control) Passenger's Side Temperature Control Dial (ON/OFF) Button Floor and defroster vents SYNC (Synchronized) Button (Recirculation) Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button Floor vents Dashboard and floor vents Dashboard vents Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control dial. 3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel. If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically. To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed. If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down. Controls Driver’s Side Temperature Control Dial AUTO Button 1Using Automatic Climate Control When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection. ■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system. Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations. Continued 161 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 162 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode. Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings. Controls 162 For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up. If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows. 1To rapidly defrost the windows ■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the 2. Press the 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows button. button. After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 163 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronized Mode Synchronized Mode 1Synchronized Mode When you press the button, the system changes to synchronized mode. When the system is in dual mode, the driver side temperature and the passenger side temperature can be set separately. Controls You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger side in synchronized mode. 1. Press the SYNC button. u The system will switch to synchronized mode. 2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial. Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode. 163 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 164 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them. Sensor Controls 164 Sensor 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 165 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Features This chapter describes how to operate technology features. Audio System .................................... 166 USB Adapter Cable * ........................ 167 Auxiliary Input Jack * ........................ 167 USB Port * ........................................ 168 HDMI® Port * .................................... 168 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 169 Audio Remote Controls.................... 170 Models with one display Audio System Basic Operation ........ 171 Audio/Information Screen ................ 172 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 178 Playing a CD .................................... 180 Playing an iPod ................................ 183 * Not available on all models Playing Internet Radio ...................... 186 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 188 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 191 Models with two displays Audio System Basic Operation ........ 193 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ...... 194 Audio/Information Screen ................ 200 Display Setup ................................... 205 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 206 Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 211 Playing a CD .................................... 218 Playing an iPod ................................ 221 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 225 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 228 Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 231 Smartphone Navi Apps .................... 233 Siri Eyes Free.................................... 234 Audio Error Messages ...................... 235 General Information on the Audio System .. 241 Customized Features * ..........................245 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * ......266 Models with one display Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 269 Models with two displays Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 298 165 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 166 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Audio System About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service *. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, and USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, or the remote controls on the steering wheel. Models with one display 1About Your Audio System SiriusXM® Radio * is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio *, contact a dealer. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 241 SiriusXM® Radio * is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. iPod SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc. Features USB Flash Drive Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported. iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc. Remote Control State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. Models with two displays iPod 166 * Not available on all models USB Flash Drive 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 167 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack * Auxiliary Input Jack * Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches to the AUX mode. 1Auxiliary Input Jack * USB Adapter Cable * 1USB Adapter Cable * • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the • • • • • vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. Do not use an extension cable with the USB adapter cable. Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub. Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. We recommend your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. Features 1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the adapter cable. 2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB connector. To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by pressing the AUX button. If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod. * Not available on all models 167 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 168 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Port * USB Port * 1. Open the cover. 2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port. 1USB Port * • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the • • • • • Features vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port. Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub. Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod. HDMI® Port * 1HDMI® Port * 1. Open the cover. 2. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port. • Do not leave the HDMI® connected device in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. • We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle. • Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. 168 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 169 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. ■ Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system. 2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked. Features *1: Models with one display *2: Models with two displays 169 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 170 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. MODE Button VOL Button MODE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: Models with one display FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX Models with two displays CH Button Features 170 FM AM SiriusXM® CD USB/iPod Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * AhaTM AUX HDMI® VOL (Volume) Button Press : To Increase the volume. Press : To decrease the volume. CH (Channel) Button • When listening to the radio Press (+ : To select the next preset radio station. Press (- : To select the previous preset radio station. Press and hold (+ : To select the next strong station. Press and hold (- : To select the previous strong station. • When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press (- : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. • When listening to a CD, USB flash drive Press and hold (+ : To skip to the next folder. Press and hold (- : To go back to the previous folder. • When listening to Pandora® * Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press and hold (+ : To select the next station. Press and hold (- : To select the previous station. * Not available on all models 1Audio Remote Controls Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used. Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some functions may not be operated. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 171 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Audio System Basic Operation Models with one display 1Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the selector knob or SETUP button to BACK Button SETUP Button access some audio functions. These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate Press Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions. to select. to enter. Press the MODE, (+ , (- , or button on the steering wheel to change any audio setting. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 Selector Knob (Day/Night) Button Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. SETUP button: Press to select any mode such as the RDS Information, Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/Pause, or Adjust Clock. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display. (Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/ information screen brightness. The brightness can be set differently for the day time and night time. Pressing the button switches the modes between daytime and night time. Adjust the brightness using . Features Menu Display Setup Menu Items 2 RDS Information P. 179 2 Sound Settings P. 177 2 Play Mode P. 182, 185, 190 2 Resume/Pause P. 192 2 Adjust Clock P. 108 171 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 172 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Audio/Information Screen Displays audio status and wallpaper, and allows you to go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display Press DISPLAY button. Rotate modes. Press . and select the mode from the three display Features DISPLAY Button Selector Knob 172 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 173 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Audio Display Shows the current audio information. 2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171 ■ Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import. 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 175 ■ Minimum Display Minimizes the display by only showing the clock and audio status on the display. 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate and select the setup option you want to change. Press . Continued Features ■ Setting Options 173 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 174 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Language Selection 1. Rotate to select Language Selection, then press . 2. Rotate to select the language, then press . Features 174 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 175 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup Wallpaper Setup You can change, store and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. 1Wallpaper Setup • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be ■ Import Wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter cable. • • • 2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 167 • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, No compatible images were found. See Owner's Manual. will appear. Features 2. Press the SETUP button. 3. Rotate to select Display Setup, then press . 4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . 5. Rotate to select Import, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then press . u The preview of the imported data is displayed. in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). Each image file can be up to 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the image is displayed in the middle of the screen with the extra area appearing in black. Up to 255 files can be selected. 7. Press to save the data. u The confirmation message will appear. Then the display will return to the import wallpaper list. 8. Rotate to select the place to save the data, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. * Not available on all models Continued 175 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 176 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup ■ Select Wallpaper 1. Rotate to select Select on the wallpaper setup menu, then press u The screen will change to the wallpaper list. 2. Rotate to select desired wallpaper and press . u When the scroll is stopped, the thumbnail is displayed. . ■ Delete wallpaper Features 176 1. Rotate to select Delete on the wallpaper setup menu, then press u The screen will change to the delete wallpaper list. 2. Rotate to select wallpaper that you want to delete and press . u The confirmation message will appear. 3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. . 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 177 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound SETUP Button Press the SETUP button, and rotate to select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate to scroll through the following choices: 1Adjusting the Sound The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. Selector Knob Bass TRE Treble FAD Fader BAL Balance SVC Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation Features BAS Treble is selectable. 177 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 178 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Features AM Button FM Button Press to select a band. FOLDER Bar Press either side to display and select an RDS category. SCAN Button Press to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, press the button again. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 178 Preset Buttons (1-6) To store a station: 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button. SKIP Bar Press to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. A.SEL (Auto Select) Button Press to scan both bands and store the strongest station in each preset. To turn off auto select, press the button again. This restores the presets you originally set. SETUP Button Press to display menu items. Selector Knob Turn to tune the radio frequency. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 179 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Playing AM/FM Radio Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. ■ RDS Information 1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to select RDS Information. 2. Each time you press , the RDS Information switches between on and off. The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6 stations each. ■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category RDS Category 1. Press the FOLDER bar to display and select an RDS category. 2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station. Features Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into the preset button memory. If you do not like the stations auto select has stored, you can manually store your preferred frequencies. 179 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 180 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA or AAC format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button. Features FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA or AAC. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. CD Button Press to play a CD. CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each song. ● Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA or AAC). ● Press and hold to sample the first file in each of the main folders (MP3, WMA or AAC). ● To turn off scan, press the button. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 180 SKIP Bar Press or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA or AAC). Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file SETUP Button Press to display menu items. Selector Knob Turn to change tracks/files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 181 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob (MP3/WMA/AAC) 1Playing a CD NOTICE 1. Press to switch the display to a folder list. Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit. WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file. Folder Selection 2. Rotate to select a folder. If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds. Track Selection Features Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: • When you select a new folder, file, or track. • When you change the audio mode to CD. • When you insert a CD. 3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder. 4. Rotate to select a file, then press . Continued 181 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 182 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Press the BACK button to go back to the previous display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this setting mode. You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file. 1. Press the SETUP button. Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s). Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order. Features Play Mode Items 2. Rotate . 3. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press to select a mode, then press ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press . 182 . 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 183 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button. 2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 167 USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected. Album Art Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AUX Button Press to select iPod (if connected). SKIP Bar Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. SETUP Button Press to display menu items. Selector Knob Turn to change songs. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. * Not available on all models Continued 183 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 184 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a File from the iPod Menu 1. Press to display the iPod menu. 1Playing an iPod Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236 Features iPod Menu 2. Rotate to select a menu. 3. Press to display the items on that menu. 4. Rotate to select an item, then press . 184 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 185 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic Operationu ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode. Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode. Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate . 3. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press to select a mode, then press Features Play Mode Items . ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press . Continued 185 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 186 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio U.S. models iPhone use only Playing Internet Radio Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button. 2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 167 Rating Icon Album Art Features FOLDER Bar Press (+ to the next station. Press (- to the previous station. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AUX Button Press to select iPhone (if connected when the Pandora® application is activated). BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. Selector Knob Press to enter PANDORA MENU. Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. 186 * Not available on all models SKIP Bar Press to skip a song. SETUP Button Press to display menu items. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 187 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio ■ Pandora® Menu 1Playing Internet Radio You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Station List (QuickMix is also available) • Like • Dislike • Resume/Pause • SKIP • Bookmark This Song • Bookmark This Artist Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information. If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. 1. Press to display the PANDORA MENU. 2. Rotate to select a menu. 3. Press to display the items on that menu. 1Pandora® Menu Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle's audio system. Features ■ Operating a menu item If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Pandora® P. 238 There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour. 187 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 188 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button. 2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 167 USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected. Features FOLDER Bar Press (+ to skip to the next folder, and (to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AUX Button Press to select USB flash drive (if connected). SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each file. ● Press to sample all files in the current folder. ● Press and hold to sample the first file in each of the main folders. ● To turn off scan, press the button. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. 188 * Not available on all models SKIP Bar Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file. SETUP Button Press to display menu items. Selector Knob Press and turn to select a file, then press to set your selection. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 189 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob 1. Press to switch the display to a folder list. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 241 Files in WMA format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236 Track Selection 2. Rotate Features Folder Selection to select a folder. 3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder. 4. Rotate to select a file, then press . Continued 189 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 190 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Normal Play Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file. Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All: Plays all files in random order. You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. 1. Press the SETUP button. Features Play Mode Items 2. Rotate . 3. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press to select a mode, then press ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press . 190 . 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 191 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 276 Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL. 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices that use data while driving. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. AUX Button Press to Bluetooth® Audio. Preset 1 Button Press to switch the mode between pause and resume. SKIP Bar Press or change files. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. SETUP Button Press to display menu items. Features If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. to Selector Knob Turn to change files. Turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Press to display the device’s name. Continued 191 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 192 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and linked to HFL. 2. Press the AUX button. If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may be already linked. Features 192 ■ To pause or resume a file 1. Press the SETUP button. 2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press . Each time you press , the setting switches between Pause and Resume. 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating instructions. The pause function may not be available on some phones. If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input jack, you may need to press the AUX button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 193 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Audio System Basic Operation Models with two displays 1Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to BACK Button MENU Button access some audio functions. Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions. Interface Dial (Day/Night) Button Rotate to select. Press to enter. Move , , or to select a secondary menu. Audio Menu Items 2 Sound P. 204 2 Refresh Station List P. 208 2 Save Preset P. 207, 213 2 Radio Text P. 209 2 Music Search P. 219, 223, 229 2 Scan P. 220, 230 2 Random/Repeat P. 220, 224, 230 2 Tag Song * P. 209 2 Tagged Song List * P. 210 2 HD Subchannel * P. 210 Features * Not available on all models Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Sound, Change Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from Scan, Random/Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display. (Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode. These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON. 193 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 194 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system. 1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. ■ Selecting an Audio Source Select X to go back to the previous screen. Select Audio Source. Use the / / / icons to turn the page. 1Selecting an Audio Source You can change the order of source icons displayed. Features Source List Icons Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source. ■ Displaying the Menu Items 1. Select Audio Source, , then Edit Order. 2. Select two icons, then select Done. The locations of these icons are switched. To go back to the original display order, select Default. Select More. Select More to display the menu items. 194 Menu Items 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 195 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Shortcuts Shortcuts Icon 1Shortcuts You can preset the settings of two categories (Phone, Audio) from Shortcuts. The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. Features Continued 195 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 196 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Phone 1Phone Features You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle‘s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 305 To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6. 5. Select Add. u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a shortcut. To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select a preset number. u Dialing starts automatically. 196 Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers. 2 To make a call using a phone number P. 321 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 197 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Delete. 6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete. 1Phone To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Call History. 4. Select a phone number. u Dialing starts automatically. The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls. Features Continued 197 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 198 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM® Radio. To preset a station: 1. Tune to a radio station. 2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 206 2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 211 Features 2. Select Shortcuts. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6. 5. Select Add. 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the station. To play a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select a preset icon. To delete a preset station: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station you want to delete. 198 1Audio You can also preset a station by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station after step 3. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 199 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Adjusting the Sound 1Adjusting the Sound 1. Select More, then Sound. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 204 Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. You can also adjust the sound by selecting the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. on 1Changing the Screen Settings 1. Select More, then Screen Settings. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. Features ■ Changing the Screen Settings The following are adjustable screen settings: • Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness. • Brightness • Contrast • Black Level • Display Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes. • Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen. • Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type. • Vibration Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the screen. • Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing. Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. 199 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 200 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display Press the PHONE, INFO, AUDIO and APP buttons to go to the corresponding display. Features Phone Info PHONE Button ■ Audio Shows the current audio information. 200 INFO Button Audio AUDIO Button App APP Button 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 201 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Phone Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 269 ■ Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press . ■ Trip computer (Current Drive) Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip. ■ Trip computer (History of Trip A) Features Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept. ■ Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press . 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . ■ Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import. ■ App Connects with your smartphone to start the navigation app. 2 Smartphone Navi Apps P. 233 Continued 201 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 202 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. ■ Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port. 2 USB Port * P. 168 Features 2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper list. 5. Rotate to select Add New, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 7. Press . u The confirmation message will appear. Then the display will return to the wallpaper list. 202 * Not available on all models • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be • • • • • in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the No files detected message appears. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 203 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen ■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list. From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen. Features ■ Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. . To go back to the previous screen, press OK, or press the BACK button. to select When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed. 203 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 204 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound 1. On the screen of any audio source, press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Sound, then press . Rotate choices: to scroll through the following The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 199 Bass MENU Button Treble Features Fader Balance Subwoofer SVC 204 1Adjusting the Sound Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 205 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen. ■ Changing the Screen Brightness Display Bluetooth Voice Reco 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Move or to select the Display tab. 4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press . 5. Rotate to adjust the setting. You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner. Features ■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme 1Changing the Screen Brightness 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Move or to select the Others tab. 4. Rotate to select Background Color, then press . 5. Rotate to select the setting you want, then press . 205 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 206 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio Audio/Information Screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source. Scan Select to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Presets Select to store a station. To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM). Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency. Models with HD RadioTM feature iPod/iPhone TAG Select to tag the song if it is played on an HD RadioTM station. The iPod/iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device. More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. Tune Up/Down Icons BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 206 MENU Button Press to display the menu items. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 207 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Preset Memory 1Playing AM/FM Radio The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. To store a station: Interface Dial 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station. You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory. Models with HD RadioTM feature HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. Features You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press . Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen. You can also store a station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the desired station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station. Continued 207 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 208 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Playing AM/FM Radio Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. ■ To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Move tab. 2. Rotate . or to select the Station List to select the station, then press Features ■ Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press . You can also update a station by the following procedure. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press . 208 Models with HD RadioTM feature iTunes Tagging “iTunes” in “iTunes Tagging” is a trademark of Apple Inc. When an HD RadioTM station is selected, the HD indicator appears on the audio/information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. If you want to have the information on the song played from the HD RadioTM station, select TAG in On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM or select Tag Song in the menu with the interface dial. If the iPod/iPhone is connected, the tag is transferred to the connected device immediately, otherwise the tag will be transferred when the device is connected and Tag Song in the menu is selected with Interface dial. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 209 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press . ■ Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button. Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 206 To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. Models with HD RadioTM feature ■ Tag song to device If your a iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information. Continued 209 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 210 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Tagged song list Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press . ■ HD subchannel Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press . Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed. You can also select the channel by the following procedure. 1. Select More. 2. Select HD Subchannel. 3. Select the channel number. 210 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 211 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio Playing SiriusXM® Radio Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source. Audio/Information Screen VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time. Scan Select to scan each channel. Presets Select to store a channel. To listen to a stored channel, select 1-12. Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Channel Up/Down Icons Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change section in the channel. Select and hold to move rapidly within the section. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio channel. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. TAG Select to tag a song played at an SiriusXM® Radio channel. The iPod/ iPhone should be connected to the audio system to store the tagged song information on your device. Features Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select an SiriusXM® Radio category. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a playback channel. Select and hold to return to a realtime program while listening to a channel in Replay function. More Select to display the menu items. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. Continued 211 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 212 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.). 1. Select the SiriusXM® mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 194 There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system. Interface Dial 2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press On Demand Multi-Use Display . TM 2. Select a channel using the , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen. Features To change the tune mode: Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tune Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select More. 2. Select Tune Mode. 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode. 212 SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections. * Not available on all models . Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play Song from Beginning setting. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 213 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Preset Memory 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset memory. To store a channel: Interface Dial 1. Tune to the selected channel with channel list tab. 2. Move to select Preset tab. 3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel. 4. Press and hold for a few seconds. Features You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press . On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel. You can also store a channel in the following steps. 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel. Continued 213 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 214 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset and listen to them randomly. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Features 1. Tune a station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. u Preset numbers you can add more music channels to are highlighted. 4. Select a highlighted preset number you want to add a music channel. u A message appears if there are no available presets. 5. Select Add from the Add/Replace screen. ■ Listening to Featured Channels Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Featured Channels, then press . 3. Rotate to select a channel, then press . 214 1Listening to Featured Channels Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 215 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Replay Function 1Replay Function The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Playback, then press 3. Rotate to select a channel then press To play or pause in playback mode: . . The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point. You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen. Audio/Information Screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (A) icon. Interface Dial (B) 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play/Pause, then press . (C) ■ Returning to real-time broadcast (A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Select and hold the icon or select More then, select Go to Live. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Go to Live, then press Features Select . Continued 215 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 216 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Live Sports Alert 1Live Sports Alert While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams. ■ To set up a sports alert Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then press . 3. Select SXM tab. 4. Select SportsFlashTM. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Press the BACK button. 7. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team. ■ Receiving a sport alert Interface Dial 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sport alert. 2. Rotate to select Listen Now, then press . ■ Listen missed sports alert Interface Dial If you have missed a sports alert: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select SportsFlashTM, then press 3. Rotate to select Alert, then press . 216 * Not available on all models . The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only. 1To set up a sports alert Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on. Selecting Enable(one time) from customize settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 217 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Scan Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1Scan You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Songs in presets. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . 3. Rotate to select an item, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Tag Song to Device The “Featured Channels” function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®. TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. Features 1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®. If your iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information. If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in the audio unit temporarily. Once the device is connected to the system, data is transferred to the iPod/iPhone. To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system: 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press . 3. Select the song for which you want to save the information. ■ Tagged Song List Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press . 217 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 218 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode. Audio/Information Screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Audio Source Select to change an audio source. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks. Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. 218 Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file. More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 219 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1Playing a CD (MP3/WMA/AAC) NOTICE 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list. File Selection You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the list. Continued WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file. Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: • When you select a new folder, file, or track. • When you change the audio mode to CD. • When you insert a CD. If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds. Features Folder Selection Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit. 219 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 220 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/ Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press . Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC). On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a CD P. 218 Random/Repeat is selected. 2. Select a mode. Features ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a CD P. 218 2. Select the mode you want to turn off. 220 . Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 221 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode. 2 USB Port * P. 168 Audio/Information Screen USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected. Album Art Audio Source Select to change an audio source. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. Album Bar Select to search for an album. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song. Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs. More Select to display the menu items. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Album Art Icon Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. * Not available on all models Continued 221 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 222 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select an Album 1How to Select an Album This function may not be available depending on models or versions. Select an album image. Select X to go back to the previous screen. Select the album bar. Album Bar Features 222 Album Image 1. Select the album bar. u The image of the current album is displayed. 2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 223 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Audio Error Messages P. 235 Features 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list. You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the list. Continued 223 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 224 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press . On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Shuffle or Repeat. 2 Playing an iPod P. 221 2. Select a mode. Features ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Shuffle or Repeat. 2 Playing an iPod P. 221 2. Select the mode you want to turn off. 224 . Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 225 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Compatible phones only Playing Internet Radio 1Playing Internet Radio U.S. models Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®. iPhone You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode. Audio/Information Screen Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States. Bluetooth® Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. Album Art Rating Icon Audio Source Select Pandora® or AhaTM. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song. Skip Icon Select to skip a song. Features USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected. Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station. More Select to display the menu items. Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. Continued 225 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 226 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio U.S. models 1Playing Internet Radio ■ Pandora® Menu You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Skip Forward • Bookmark Track • Play/Pause • Bookmark Artist • Station List • Create Station • Like • Sound • Dislike • Change Source ■ Operating a menu item Features The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press . To select Sound or Change Source, press the MENU button, then press . To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876. Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information. If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. 1Pandora® Menu Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Pandora® P. 238 There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour. 226 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 227 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio ■ AhaTM Radio Menu 1AhaTM Radio Menu You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicle’s audio system. The available items are: • Like • Tracks • Dislike • Reply • Play/Pause • Sound • 15sec rewind • Change Source • 30sec Skip • Station List ■ Operating a menu item To select Sound, Change Source or Station List, press the MENU button, then press . Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 AhaTM Radio P. 240 The menu items vary depending on the station you selected. Features The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press . AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites. To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app must be installed on your phone. Visit owners.acura.com/apps for more information. You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. Visit www.aharadio.com for more information. 227 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 228 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode. 2 USB Port * P. 168 Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Scan Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks. Random Icon Select to plays all tracks/files in random order. Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display. 228 *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. * Not available on all models USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected. Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file. More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 229 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1Playing a USB Flash Drive 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then press . Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 241 Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen. 2 Audio Error Messages P. 235 Folder Selection File Selection Features 3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list. You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the list. Continued 229 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 230 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder. You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/ Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 228 Random/Repeat is selected. 2. Select a mode. Features ■ To turn off a play mode Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat. 2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 228 2. Select the mode you want to turn off. 230 . . Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 231 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 305 Audio/Information Screen Audio Source Select to change an audio source. Pause Icon On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu. Sound Icon Select to display the Sound menu. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. Features VOL/ (Volume/ Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Bluetooth® Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL. 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders. Play Icon More Select to display the menu items. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. MENU Button Press to display the menu items. Continued 231 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 232 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL. 2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode. If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. Features ■ To pause or resume a file Interface Dial 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Select the play icon or pause icon. 232 . To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating instructions. The pause function may not be available on some phones. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 233 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Navi Apps Smartphone Navi Apps You can connect an iPhone to the system to enable integration between the AcuraLink navigation app on your phone and the vehicle. This allows you to see the app on the vehicle display. Use the interface dial and buttons to control the app when connected to the vehicle. For more information on the AcuraLink navigation app, its features and operation, phone compatibility, connection requirements, and downloading, visit acuralink.acura.com. Audio/Information screen The navigation app icon installed in your iPhone appears on the screen. APP button Press to activate the app. The app appears when your phone with Acura-unique navigation app installed is connected to the audio system via Bluetooth® and using an HDMI® cable. You must purchase the AcuraLink navigation app. The required cable kit is sold separately. See your dealer for more information. Not all phones and apps are compatible with the system. The system does not display all the available apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be preinstalled. See your dealer for details. You need to switch the Bluetooth® connection to your smartphone if another electronic device is connected. 2 To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system) P. 306 Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Use the display to input information. 1Smartphone Navi Apps MENU button Press to display Navigation App menu, such as: ● Destination ● Map Options ● Route Options, etc. Interface Dial Rotate left and right to zoom in and out. ● Move to eight directions to scroll the map. ● SETTINGS button Press to set up the following: ● Display Adjustment ● Guidance Volume ● Sync Clock w/ Smartphone 233 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 234 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free iPhone only Siri Eyes Free 1Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc. Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri. 2 Phone Setup P. 276 We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri Eyes Free while operating a vehicle. ■ Using Siri Eyes Free 1Using Siri Eyes Free Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps. Features While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear. Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free Hang-up/Back button: Press to deactivate Siri. Talk button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown. 234 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 235 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Audio Error Messages CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages. Error Message Unplayable File Cause Track/file format not supported Bad Disc Please check owners manual Push Eject*1 Mechanical error ● Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file plays automatically. ● Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the error message is cleared. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the disc again. ● 2 Protecting CDs P. 243 ● Mecha Error ● Bad Disc Please check owners manual*1 ● Servo error Bad Disc Please Check Owner’s Manual*2 Check Disc Disc error Heat Error*2 High temperature ● If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out the disc. Insert a different disc. If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc. If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, contact a dealer. Do not try to force the disc out of the player. Features Bad Disc Please Check Owner’s Manual Push Eject*2 Solution Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed. 2 Protecting CDs P. 243 ● Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message is cleared. *1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays 235 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 236 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message USB Error Bad USB Device Please Check Owners Manual.*1 Features Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual*2 Solution Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit*1 or audio unit*2. Check if the device is compatible with the USB adapter unit*1 or audio unit*2. Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. No Song*1 Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device. Unsupported Ver*1 Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version. Unsupported Version*2 Retry Connection*1 Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod. Connect Retry*2 Unplayable File *1:Models with one display *2:Models with two displays 236 Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 237 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio Error Messagesu Error Message Solution iPod *2 Appears when the iPod is empty. USB flash drive No Data Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash drive. iPod*2 and USB flash drive Check that compatible files are stored on the device. Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is connected, reconnect the device. Features *2:Models with two displays Continued 237 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 238 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® U.S. models Pandora® If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Models with one display Error Message Solution Features PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. PANDORA Requires Update Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application. PANDORA Unavailable Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later. PANDORA Cannot Connect Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device. PANDORA Loading... Appears when Pandora is loading. Models with two displays Error Message Solution Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the skip each hour. predetermined number of times in an hour. 238 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 239 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® Error Message Solution Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later. No data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and reconnect the device. PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest version. PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later. Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device. Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your device. Features Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark or Unable to skip 239 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 240 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Models with two displays Error Message Features 240 Solution Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile device. Appears when the AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device. Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owner’s Manual Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 241 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM® Radio Service * ■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select CH 000 and the radio ID appears. 2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to subscribe. ■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio ■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages Loading: SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information. Channel off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Channel unsubscribed: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Channel unavailable: No such channel exists. Check antenna, Antenna disconnected, Antenna shorted: There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer. * Not available on all models Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio: US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800852-9696 Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca, or 1877-209-0079 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator. You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: • In a location with an obstruction to the south of your vehicle. • In tunnels • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road • Large items carried on the roof rack Features Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the MODE button repeatedly or operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception. 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 241 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 242 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Recommended CDs • Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. • Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. • Play only standard round-shaped CDs. The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks. ■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files Features 242 • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported. 1Recommended CDs A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 243 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs ■ Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: • Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. • When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. • Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. • Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. • Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. • Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. • Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD. 1Protecting CDs NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit. Examples: ● Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs Bubbled/ Wrinkled ● Using Printer Label Kit Sealed With Plastic Ring ● Poor quality Damaged CDs CDs Chipped/ Cracked Small CDs Warped Features ● With Label/ Sticker Burrs 3-inch (8-cm) CD 243 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 244 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives ■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility Model iPod (5th generation) iPod classic 80/160GB (launched in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launched in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launched in 2009) iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012 iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6 Plus Features 244 ■ USB Flash Drives • • • • • A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported. 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility This system may not work with all software versions of these devices. 1USB Flash Drives Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 245 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Customized Features * Models with navigation system 1Customized Features * See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings. When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P . To customize other features, rotate , move or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 251 Models without navigation system Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. , , ■ How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press . Audio/Information Screen Features SETTINGS Button * Not available on all models Continued 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 246 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u ■ Customization flow Press the SETTINGS button. Display System Settings Bluetooth Features Voice Recognition Sync Display Brightness Brightness Contrast Black Level Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List Edit pairing code Voice Prompt Default Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Wallpaper Clock Adjustment Clock Format Others 246 * Not available on all models Language Display Operation Restriction Tips * Background Color Header Clock Display Factory Data Reset 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 247 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Driver Assist System Setup Default * Not available on all models Meter Setup Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Turn by Turn Display * Driving Position Setup Memory Position Link Keyless Access Setup Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Light Sensitivity Features Vehicle Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance * ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * ACC Display Speed Unit * Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Blind Spot Info * Continued 247 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 248 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Door Setup Maintenance Info. Navi Settings * Features Camera Settings Maintenance Reset See the Navigation System Manual. Rear Camera Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Cross Traffic Monitor Default SXM *1: May change depending on your currently selected source. 248 * Not available on all models Audio Settings Bluetooth Default Other Notification Beep Favorite Teams Play Song from Beginning*1 SportsFlashTM*1 Bluetooth Device List*1 Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*1 Source Select Popup HD Radio Mode*1 Cover Art*1 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 249 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Phone Connect Phone Default Bluetooth Device List Add Bluetooth Device Disconnect Edit Bluetooth Device Add Bluetooth Device Phone Settings Default Text/Email Features Edit Speed Dial Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync Use Contact Photo Enable Text/Email Select Account New Text/Email Alert Message Auto Reading Default Continued 249 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 250 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Info Settings Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment Clock Format Default Other Info Screen Preference Features App Settings Default 250 Display Adjustment Guidance Volume Sync Clock w/ Smartphone 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 251 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness. Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen. — Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen. — Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen. — Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and creates a security PIN. On*1/Off Features Bluetooth Selectable Settings Sync Display Brightness Display System Settings Description On*1/Off — 2 Phone Setup P. 305 Edit pairing code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 307 Random/Fixed*1 *1:Default Setting Continued 251 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 252 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Voice Recognition Voice Prompt Clock Clock/ Wallpaper Type System Settings Features Clock Beginner*1/Expert Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off ● ● Changes the wallpaper type. Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 202 Clock Format 252 Wallpaper Selectable Settings • Beginner: Explains each option. • Expert: Turns off voice prompts. ● Clock Adjustment *1:Default Setting Description Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 108 Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. — 12H*1/24H 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 253 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Selectable Settings Changes the display language. English*1/Français/ Español Display Operation Restriction Tips * Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available. On*1/Off Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/ information screen and the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off Factory Data Reset Default Resets all the settings to their factory default. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 265 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the System Settings group as default. Features Language Others System Settings Description — Default/OK *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 253 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 254 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Features Vehicle Settings Customizable Features Driver Assist System Setup Selectable Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance * Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep * Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit * Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multiinformation display. mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting * Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep * Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off *1:Default Setting 254 Description * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 255 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Meter Setup Selectable Settings Changes the displayed language on the multiinformation display. English*1/Français/ Español Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 Turn by Turn Display * Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Features Language Selection Vehicle Settings Driving Position Setup Description *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 255 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 256 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Keyless Access Setup Features Vehicle Settings Lighting Setup Selectable Settings Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/ lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/ Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min *1:Default Setting 256 Description * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 257 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Selectable Settings With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1 Door Setup Features Changes the setting for the automatic locking feature. Auto Door Lock Vehicle Settings Description *1:Default Setting Continued 257 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 258 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Vehicle Settings Customizable Features Maintenance Info. Maintenance Reset Features Camera Settings Cross Traffic Monitor *1:Default Setting 258 Selectable Settings Resets the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. — Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle Settings group as default. Default/OK Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear Camera group as default. Default/OK Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On*1/Off Default Rear Camera Description 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 259 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features SiriusXM® mode SportsFlashTM* SXM Turns on and off the sports alert function. Disable*1/Enable/ Enable(one time) Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified. On*1/Off Favorite Teams Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Bluetooth Device List Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Connect Bluetooth Audio Device Selects your favorite sport teams. 2 Live Sports Alert P. 216 Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On*1/Off On*1/Off Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired to HFL. — Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. — Features Play Song from Beginning Bluetooth Selectable Settings Notification SiriusXM® mode Audio Settings Description *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 259 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 260 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Source Select Popup Others Audio Settings FM/AM mode HD Radio Mode * iPod, USB, Pandora® * or AhaTM mode Selectable Settings Features Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed. On/Off*1 Selects whether the audio system automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analogue waves only. Auto*1/Analog Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio Settings group as default. Default/OK Cover Art Default *1:Default Setting 260 Description * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 261 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Connect Phone Description Selectable Settings Pairs a new phone to HFL, or connects or disconnects a paired phone. — 2 Phone Setup P. 305 Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN. — 2 Phone Setup P. 305 Edit Speed Dial Phone — 2 Phone Setup P. 305 Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1 Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. On*1/Off Features Phone Settings Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. *1:Default Setting Continued 261 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 262 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Phone Settings Customizable Features Text/ Email Features Default *1:Default Setting 262 Description Selectable Settings Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. — New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. — Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. On/Off/Auto*1 Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default. Default/OK On*1/Off 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 263 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Clock Clock/ Wallpaper Type Description Selectable Settings Clock Wallpaper See System Settings on P. 251 to P. 253. Clock Adjustment Clock Format Info Settings Default Info Screen Preference Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info Settings group as default. Default/OK Features Other Selects the top menu when the INFO button is pressed. ● Info Top- A brief menu pops up. ● Info Menu- A full menu pops up. ● Off- A menu does not pop up. *1:Default Setting Continued 263 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 264 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * u Setup Group Customizable Features Display Adjustment Features App Settings Selectable Settings Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen. — Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen. — Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen. — Color Changes the color of the audio/information screen. — Tint Changes the tint of the audio/information screen. — Guidance Volume Adjusts the guidance volume level with navigation app. 0 ~ 9*1 ~ 11 Sync Clock w/ Smartphone Selects whether the clock links to the device you connect. On/Off*1 Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the App Settings group as default. Default/OK *1:Default Setting 264 Description 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 265 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCustomized Features * uDefaulting All the Settings Defaulting All the Settings 1Defaulting All the Settings When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data. The following settings will be reset: • Audio preset settings • Phonebook entries • Other display and each item settings. Features You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Move or to select the Others tab. 4. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 6. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear. Press to select OK. 265 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 266 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems. ■ Important Safety Precautions Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer. Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage. Features When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path. 266 * Not available on all models 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 267 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: • Press and hold the two outside buttons for about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1. • If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1. Red Indicator The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515. Features Continued 267 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 268 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink ■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure: 1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program. 2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. NO YES Features 3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work? YES YES NO 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink. NO Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. Training Complete HomeLink LED is constantly on. 5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate. Training Complete 268 HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks. A. The remote has a rolling code. Press the “learn” button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener). B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs. Standard transmitter Rolling code transmitter Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. 2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2. Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle. If you have any problems, see the device’s instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515. HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 269 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Models with one display 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone. Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons Hang-up Button Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. Volume up 1Using HFL Volume Microphone down PHONE Button Talk Button Selector Knob Back Button (Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up) button: Press to end a call. (Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag. (Back) button: Press to cancel a command. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Continued Voice control tips • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, use the audio system's volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. Features Pick-up Button State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation after ending the call. 269 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 270 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL. 1Using HFL The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. Roam Status Signal Strength Battery Level Status HFL Mode HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. Features 1HFL Status Display The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models. You can change the system language. 2 Language Selection P. 174 Caller Name ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. Disabled option 270 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 2 Speed Dial P. 286 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 271 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Models with one display HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. PHONE or Phone Speed Dial*1 Display your speed dial entry lists. Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled. (up to 15 entries per paired phone) Call History*1 Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Received Calls Display the last 20 incoming calls. Missed Calls Display the last 20 missed calls. Features Dialed Calls Phonebook*1 Display the paired phone’s phonebook. Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 271 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 272 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history. Select message and Text Message . Message is read aloud Read/Stop reading System reads received message aloud, or Features stop message from being read. Reply Call Display Message *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 272 Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases. Make a call to the sender. See an entire received message (if more than three lines of text). 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 273 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Phone Setup Connection Add a New Phone Pair a phone to the system. Connect a Phone Connect a phone to the system. Features Disconnect Phone Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Delete a Phone Delete a previously paired phone. Pairing Code Create a code for a paired phone. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 273 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 274 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Add New Speed Dial*1 Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Call History Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Phone Number Features Existing entry list Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Change Speed Dial Change a previously stored speed dial number. Delete Speed Dial Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Store Voice Tag Create a voice tag for a speed dial number. Change Voice Tag Change a voice tag for a speed dial number. Delete Voice Tag *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 274 Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 275 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Auto Transfer Caller ID Info Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. Name Priority Number Priority Message Notice System Clear Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the caller ID. Features Passcode*1 Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID. Create a security PIN for a paired phone. Turn incoming text message notifications on or off. Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security codes. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 275 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 276 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system) 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. Features 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesn’t appear, select Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code. 6. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful. 276 Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is paired to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 277 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has 5. Rotate to select Empty, then press Features already been paired to the system) 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. u If a prompt appears asking to connect to a phone, select No and proceed with step 2. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 3. Rotate to select Connection, then press . 4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone, then press . u The screen changes to Select Location. . Continued 277 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 278 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus 6. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. Features 7. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone doesn’t appear, select Phone Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to input on your phone. When your phone prompts you, input the four-digit pairing code. 9. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful. 278 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 279 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . 1To change the pairing code setting The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one. For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random. Features 3. Rotate to select Connection, then press . 4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then press . 5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press . Continued 279 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 280 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connection, then Delete a Phone. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press . Features 4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u You will receive a notification on the screen if it is successful. 280 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 281 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option 1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . Features 3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then press . On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification. 4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then press . Continued 281 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 282 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Create a Security PIN 1To Create a Security PIN You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Passcode. 3. Select a phone you want to add a security PIN to. u Rotate to select a phone you want to add a security PIN to, then press . Features 4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. u Rotate to select Yes, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Rotate to select, then press . Press to delete. Press to enter the security PIN. 6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step 2. 282 In the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 283 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Transferring If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen if the change is successful. 1Caller’s ID Information You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming call. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID Info. 3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then press . 4. You will receive a notification on the screen if the change is successful. Continued Features ■ Caller’s ID Information Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it is stored in the phonebook. Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is displayed. 283 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 284 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Clear the System Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all imported phonebook data are erased. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select System Clear. 3. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Features 4. You will receive a notification message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 5. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Press to finish. 284 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 285 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL. 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Fax Home Car Mobile Message Work Other Pager Voice Features Pref On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL. The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. Continued 285 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 286 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Speed Dial Features 286 Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed Dial, then Add New. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a number from, then press . By Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell phone’s imported phonebook. By Call History: u Select a number from the call history. By Phone Number: u Input the number manually. 4. When the speed dial is successfully stored, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to say the name for the speed dial entry. 1Speed Dial You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to store a speed dial number: 1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button during a call. 2. The contact information for the active call will be stored for the corresponding speed dial. When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. button to 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 287 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 1Speed Dial Avoid using duplicate voice tag. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” Features ■ To delete a voice tag 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag, then press . u You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Continued 287 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 288 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a speed dial number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. 4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial, then press . u You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Features ■ Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. 1Making a Call Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters). Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. 288 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 289 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported ■ To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press . 4. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Continued 1To make a call using the imported phonebook This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 270 2 Speed Dial P. 286 Features phonebook When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook are automatically imported to HFL. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press . 3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically. Rotate to select the initial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a name, then press . 5. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using a phone number This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored speed dial number with a voice tag using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 270 2 Speed Dial P. 286 289 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 290 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. ■ To make a call using the call history Features 290 Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, Received Calls, and Missed Calls. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then press . 3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received Calls, or Missed Calls, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. ■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the call history The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.) 1To make a call using a speed dial entry On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the list can be directly selected by pressing the corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6). Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired phone’s speed dial list. When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 286 button to Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 291 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Call HFL Mode Caller Name 1Receiving a Call When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears. Press the Press the button to answer the call. button to decline or end the call. Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. Features Continued 291 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 292 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system. 1. To view the available options, press the PHONE button. Features 2. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The check box is checked when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off. 292 Touch Tones: Available on some phones. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 293 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Text Message 1Receiving a Text Message Continued The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud. With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text messages. Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option. 2 Displaying an entire message P. 297 State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message feature. Only use the text message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely. Features HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a compatible linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase. 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message. 2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 3. To discontinue the message read-out, press the BACK button. 293 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 294 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Displaying Messages 1Displaying Messages 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then press . The icon appears next to an unread message. Only the first three lines of the received message are displayed with this option. 2 Displaying an entire message P. 297 If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phone’s outbox. Features 294 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 295 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Using the stop reading or read option 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or Read, then press . 1Using the stop reading or read option This option changes to: • Stop Reading while the text message is read out. Select this option to discontinue the message readout. • Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option to hear the system reading out the selected message. Features Continued 295 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 296 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Reply to a message Features 296 You can reply to a message using one of the six common phrases available in the system. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select Text Message, then press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 6. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . 7. The reply message you selected is displayed. Select Yes to send the message. 1Reply to a message The available fixed reply messages are as follows: • Talk to you later, I'm driving. • I am on my way. • I'm running late. • OK • Yes • No You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages. After you reply, the following is displayed: 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 297 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a call to a sender Features You can call the text message sender. 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Call, then press . u HFL begins dialing. ■ Displaying an entire message 1. Press the PHONE button or the button. 2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then press . 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu. 5. Rotate to select Display Message, then press . 6. Rotate to scroll down and display the entire message. 297 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 298 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Models with two displays 1Using HFL Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle’s navigation */audio system, without handling your cell phone. Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons Volume up Microphone Features Pick-up Button To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be in On. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 Voice control tips: • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the Volume down Hang-up/Back Button PHONE Button Interface Dial Talk Button (Pick-up) button: Press to go to a phone-specific voice command screen or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, or to cancel a command. (Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu. windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, use the audio system’s volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call. 298 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 299 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display 1Using HFL The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. Bluetooth® Indicator Battery Level Status Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL. Roam Status HFL Mode Signal Strength Caller’s Name Caller’s Number Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Disabled Option The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models. Features 1HFL Status Display You can change the system language. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. 2 Speed Dial P. 316 * Not available on all models 299 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 300 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Models with two displays HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus ■ Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled. Features (Existing entry list) Connect a phone to the system. Phone Connect Phone Add Bluetooth Device Disconnect Pair a phone to the system. Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Replace This Device Create a security PIN for a paired phone. Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone. Delete This Device Delete a previously paired phone. Edit PIN (Existing entry list) Bluetooth Device List Add Bluetooth Device *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 300 Pair a phone to the system. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 301 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers. Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the call Call History history to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the Phonebook phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Manual Input Edit Speed Dial New Entry Edit (Existing entry list) ● ● Delete Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag. Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. Select the ring tone. Use Contact Photo Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. Default Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default. Continued Features Auto Transfer Edit a previously stored speed dial number. 301 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 302 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Enable Text/Email Text/Email*1 Select Account New Text/Email Alert Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select a mail or text message account. Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. Features *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 302 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 303 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button to display the menu items. Dial*1 Display the paired phone’s phonebook. Manual Input New Entry Import from Call History Import from Phonebook Speed Dial*1 Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. (Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list. More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list. Features Phonebook*1 Enter a phone number to dial. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. Continued 303 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 304 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history. All Call History*1 Dialed Received Missed Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls. Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls. Display the last 20 missed calls. (Read/Stop) Features Select a message and press . Message is read aloud. Text/Email*1 Previous System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read. See the previous message. Next See the next message. Reply Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases. Call Make a call to the sender. Select Account Select a mail or text message account. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 304 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 305 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no Continued Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is connected to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. Features phone paired to the system) 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL. 2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 315 305 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 306 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has Features 306 already been paired to the system) 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 307 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press . 1To change the pairing code setting The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone. The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one. For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random. Features Continued 307 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 308 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To replace an already-paired phone Features 308 with a new phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device, then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 309 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone Continued Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 309 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 310 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . Features 310 ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select New Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876. 1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 311 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen. 3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press . 1To set up the auto reading option On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving. Features Continued 311 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 312 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Create a Security PIN 1To Create a Security PIN You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number. Features Audio/information screen On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 312 u Audio/information screen Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN. u On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM You can also enter a number using the icons. 6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step 4. If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 313 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Transferring If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . Features ■ Auto Answer You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press . Continued 313 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 314 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Ring Tone You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone or Off, then press . Features ■ Use Contact Photo You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then Phone settings press . All Phone u Repeat the procedure to select Use Auto Transfer Auto Answer On Contact Photo. Ring Tone 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press Automatic Phone Sy Off Use Contact Photo . Default 314 1Ring Tone Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 315 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL. ■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync Continued When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Preference Fax Home Car Mobile Voice Work Other Pager On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL. Features setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. 315 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 316 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Speed Dial Features 316 Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select New Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell phone’s imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press . 6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry. 1Speed Dial When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and the voice tag name. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 317 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed Continued 1Speed Dial Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” Features dial number 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 317 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 318 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a voice tag Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . ■ To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 318 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 319 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a Call 1Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens. Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or “Call” and the phone number. The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters). Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. Features Continued 319 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 320 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported Features 320 phonebook 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically. Move to Alphabet Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the imported phonebook This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 299 2 Speed Dial P. 316 You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for an alphabetical search. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 321 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a phone number 1To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically. You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing. ■ To make a call using redial . Continued Features 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press u Dialing starts automatically. 321 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 322 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Call History, then press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Features ■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the call history The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.) These icons next to the number indicate the following: : Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls. 1To make a call using a speed dial entry Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone. When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 316 button to Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. 322 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 323 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears. Press the Press the button to answer the call. button to decline or end the call. Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. You can select the icons on the On Demand Multiand buttons. Use DisplayTM instead of the Features Continued 323 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 324 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system. The available options are shown on the Phone Mute Icon screen. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off. Features 324 1Options During a Call Touch Tones: Available on some phones. You can select the icons on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 325 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message 1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message Continued The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud. With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages. State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely. When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On. 2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 310 Features HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase. 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message. 2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 3. To discontinue the message read-out, press . 325 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 326 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Selecting a Mail Account If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an e-mail message account you want, then press . 1Selecting a Mail Account You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press . Features You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time. 326 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 327 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Displaying Messages Message List ■ Displaying text messages The 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . u Select account if necessary. 4. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phone’s outbox. Continued icon appears next to an unread message. To see the previous or next message, move on the text message screen. or Features Text Message 1Displaying Messages 327 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 328 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Folder List Message List Features E-mail Message 328 ■ Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The e-mail message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 1Displaying e-mail messages Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 329 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 327 2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning. ■ Reply to a message 1Reply to a message 2 Displaying Messages P. 327 2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press . 3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen when the reply message was successfully sent. Continued The available fixed reply messages are as follows: • Talk to you later, I’m driving. • I’m on my way. • I’m running late. • OK • Yes • No Features 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages. 329 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 330 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 327 2. Move press Features 330 and rotate . to select Call, then 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 331 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Driving This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories. Before Driving................................... 332 Maximum Load Limit........................ 335 Towing a Trailer................................ 337 When Driving Starting the Engine .......................... 338 Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 344 Shifting ............................................ 345 Cruise Control * ................................ 349 Front Sensor Camera * ...................... 352 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ....... 354 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ......................................368 * Not available on all models Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ....373 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ...............381 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * ...383 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 385 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 387 Braking Brake System ................................... 389 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 391 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ..................................... 393 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 402 Cross Traffic Monitor * ..................... 403 Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 406 Refueling Fuel Information .............................. 407 How to Refuel ................................. 408 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 409 Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions................................ 409 331 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 332 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Before Driving Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving. ■ Exterior Checks • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components. • Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. • Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. Driving 332 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442 • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside. 1Exterior Checks NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 333 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation ■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks • Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 335 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118 • Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too. Driving • Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking. • Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator pedal operation while driving. • If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur. • Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148 2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 151 • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position. 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 143 Continued 333 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 334 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31 • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated. 2 Indicators P. 64 Driving 334 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 335 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb. 1Maximum Load Limit 3 WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Label Example Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual. This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Continued Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle. 2 Specifications P. 500 Driving Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, and all cargo. 2 Specifications P. 500 335 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 336 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb. Load Limits Example Driving Example1 Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg) Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg) Example2 336 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 337 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Towing a Trailer Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties. Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information. 2 Emergency Towing P. 498 Driving 337 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 338 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 When Driving Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). 2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle in (N , it is safer to start it in (P . Driving Brake Pedal When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details. If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 126 338 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 339 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine 3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. 1Starting the Engine Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483 The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again. ■ Stopping the Engine You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Shift to (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. Driving Continued 339 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 340 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances. ■ To start the engine With the doors locked, Press the button, then press and hold the button. Go within the range, and try again. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts. Driving Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running. Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked. 340 * Not available on all models 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation. If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: • You have disabled a remote engine start setting using the multi-information display. • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The shift lever is in a position other than (P . • The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is unlocked. • You have already used the remote twice to start the engine. • Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle. • There is any antenna failure. • Door is unlocked with the built-in key. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 341 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ To stop the engine Press and hold the for one second. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * button Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you know that the engine has stopped. Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start. ● ● While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: • The air conditioning is activated in recirculation mode. When it is cold outside: • The defroster is activated at a moderately warm temperature. • The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are activated. • The seat heater is activated *. 2 Seat Heaters * P. 160 Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop. Continued Driving * Not available on all models • The engine oil pressure is low. • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. • The telematics unit malfunctions. • The security system alarm is not set. Go within the range, and try again. 341 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 342 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote * 1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When the engine was started in any case 2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that the parking brake indicator has gone off. 3. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. ■ Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. Driving Move the shift lever to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal. 342 * Not available on all models 1Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines. Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 343 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving Precautions While Driving ■ In Rain Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine, driveline, or cause electrical component failure. ■ Other Precautions If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. 1Precautions While Driving NOTICE Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission. NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. Driving If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced. 343 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 344 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission Dual Clutch Transmission ■ Creeping As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. ■ Kickdown Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. Driving 344 1Precautions While Driving NOTICE The following can damage the under spoiler: • Parking the vehicle by a parking block • Parallel parking along the road shoulder • Driving towards the bottom of a hill • Driving up or down to a different surface level (such as a road shoulder) • Driving on a rutted or bumpy road • Driving on a road with potholes. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 345 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs. 1Shifting You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P . ■ Shift lever positions The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake. Park Used when parking or starting the engine Release Button When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving. Reverse Used when reversing Neutral Used when idling Driving Drive Used: ● For normal driving (gears change between 1st and 8th automatically) ● When temporarily driving in the sequential mode Drive (S) Used for: ● Automatically changing gears between 1st and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed) ● Driving in the sequential mode Continued 345 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 346 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Shift Lever Operation 1Shift Lever Operation NOTICE M (sequential mode) Indicator Models without full color display When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away. Gear Position Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Driving Tachometer’s red zone Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift. Shift without pressing the shift lever release button. Press the shift lever release button and shift. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometer’s red zone. It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first. 346 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 347 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Shift Mode Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode. ■ When the shift lever is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off. Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive. ■ When the shift lever is in (S : Continued Driving The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift up, even if vehicle speed increases. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to (D . When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and gear position indicator go off. 347 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 348 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads. To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever from (S to (D . 1Sequential Shift Mode Operation ■ Sequential Shift Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift down) Paddle Shifter (Shift up) Driving Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control. Shift Up 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th 6th to 7th 7th to 8th Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear) 348 Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear) Normal Acceleration 15 mph (24 km/h) 25 mph (40 km/h) 40 mph (64 km/h) 47 mph (76 km/h) 52 mph (84 km/h) 57 mph (92 km/h) 62 mph (100 km/h) If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 349 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * Cruise Control * Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. ■ Vehicle speed for cruise control: ■ Shift positions for cruise control: 3 WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash. When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~ 1Cruise Control * Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather. In (D or (S It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill. How to use the steering wheel. * Not available on all models CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Cruise control is ready to use. Continued Driving ■ Press the CRUISE button on When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button. 349 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 350 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed DECEL/SET Button On On Press and release On when cruise control begins. Driving 350 Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 351 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel. You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To increase speed To decrease speed ■ To Cancel CRUISE Button CANCEL Button Driving • Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). • If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increased or decreased by about 10 mph (16 km/h). 1To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the CRUISE button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the CRUISE button is turned off At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically. 351 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 352 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * Front Sensor Camera * The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions. ■ Camera Location and Handling Tips Front Sensor Camera To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it. Driving 352 This camera is located behind the rearview mirror. 1Front Sensor Camera * Never apply a film or attach any objects to windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the camera’s field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly. Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly. * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 353 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera * 1Front Sensor Camera * If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. * Not available on all models Driving If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 353 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 354 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate. 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * 3 WARNING Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash. Use ACC only when traveling on open highways in good weather. When to use 3 WARNING The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. ACC has limited braking capability. When your vehicle speed drops below 22 mph, ACC will automatically cancel and no longer will apply your vehicle’s brakes. Driving Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal when conditions require. The radar sensor is in the front grille. ■ Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~ ■ Shift positions for adaptive cruise control: In (D or (S . 354 * Not available on all models Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 355 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ How to activate the system 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC is ready to use. When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or off. ACC may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359 ■ Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel. When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS). * Not available on all models Continued Driving Do not use the ACC under the following conditions. • On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in continuous stop and go traffic. • On roads with sharp turns. • On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, the ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed. • On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access. 355 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 356 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed 1To Set the Vehicle Speed DECEL/SET Button On when ACC begins Press and release Driving Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the DECEL/SET Set Vehicle Distance button, the set speed is fixed, and adaptive cruise control begins. u A vehicle icon and distance bars appear on the multi-information display. Set Vehicle Speed 356 You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 357 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ When in Operation 1When in Operation ■ There is a vehicle ahead ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the vehicle ahead. 2 To Change Vehicle Distance P. 362 If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display to alert you to brake. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead. Beep ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m) Driving Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. • A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster than your vehicle, gradually distancing itself from you. You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Continued 357 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 358 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle cruises at the set speed. ■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going slower than the set speed Your vehicle slows down, and maintains the same speed as the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the set following distance. ■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going at a steady speed Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead of it, keeping a constant distance, without going beyond the set speed. ■ A vehicle ahead goes out of range ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it. ■ When you depress the accelerator pedal Driving 358 You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range. ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied. 1When in Operation Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 359 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ ACC Conditions and Limitations 1ACC Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions. The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM). 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * P. 393 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 ■ Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). ■ Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). ■ Vehicle conditions * Not available on all models Continued Driving • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The camera temperature gets too hot. • The parking brake is applied. • When the front grille is dirty. • When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats. • When tire chains are installed. 359 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 360 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ Detection limitations Driving 360 • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. • When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. • When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 361 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons on the steering wheel. To increase speed If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set following-distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To decrease speed Continued Driving • Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly. 361 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 362 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Change Vehicle Distance Press the (distance) button to change the ACC range. Each time you press the button, the followingdistance (the distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short followingdistances. Distance Button Driving 362 Determine the most appropriate followingdistance setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-distance requirements set by local regulation. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 363 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference. When the Set Speed is: Following-distance 65 mph (104 km/h) Short 84 feet 26 meters 1.1 sec 102 feet 31 meters 1.1 sec Middle 111 feet 34 meters 1.5 sec 139 feet 43 meters 1.5 sec Long 155 feet 48 meters 2.1 sec 202 feet 62 meters 2.1 sec Extra Long 215 feet 66 meters 3.0 sec 285 feet 87 meters 3.0 sec Driving 50 mph (80 km/h) Continued 363 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 364 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Cancel 1To Cancel MAIN Button CANCEL Button Driving 364 To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. • Depress the brake pedal. Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/ACCEL button when driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume when vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 365 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ Automatic cancellation 1Automatic cancellation Continued Even though adaptive cruise control has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC to cancel improves, then press the RES/ACCEL button. Driving The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC cancellation: • Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below. • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. • The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. • An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. • Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. • Abrupt steering wheel movement. • When the ABS, VSA® is activated. • When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on. • When you manually apply the parking brake. • When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. 365 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 366 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Switch ACC to Cruise Control ACC ON Cruise Control ON Press and hold the (distance) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC, press and hold the button again for one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds. ■ When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~. Driving ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Each time you press the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set. 366 1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle ahead of you. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 367 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ■ To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. 1To Cancel Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). • When the MAIN button is turned off. At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically. Driving 367 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 368 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings. ■ How the System Works The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane. Driving As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display. If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings. If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you. 368 * Not available on all models 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane. The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 371 There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure message displays repeatedly and you do not apply responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels RDM functions. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 369 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ How the System Activates 1How the System Activates The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: • The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. • The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating, braking or steering. The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 75 RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: • Not driven within a traffic lane. • Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of a lane. • Driven in a narrow lane. Driving Continued 369 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 370 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ RDM On and Off RDM Button Indicator Driving 370 1RDM On and Off Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and the message appears on the multiinformation display when the system is on. When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 371 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ RDM Conditions and Limitations The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. ■ Environmental conditions • • • • • • • • • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. Driving Continued 371 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 372 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. Driving 372 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 373 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. RDM selected Warning only Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. RDM selected Normal or Wide Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. ■ LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle. 2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 87 Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes. Driving LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways. The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 379 When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering. LKAS may not function as designed on while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 * Not available on all models Continued 373 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 374 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger. Driving ■ Lane Departure Warning Function When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well a warning display. Warning Area Warning Area 374 * Not available on all models When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 375 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ When the System can be Used 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * The system can be used when the following conditions are met. • The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane. • The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ■ How to activate the system MAIN Button * Not available on all models Driving LKAS Button 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information display. The system is ready to use. 2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multiinformation display. The system is activated. Continued 375 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 376 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * 3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings. ■ To cancel The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically. 1To cancel MAIN Button Driving 376 1When the System can be Used LKAS Button To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button. The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 377 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The system operation is suspended if When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multiinformation display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds. you: • Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the LKAS. • Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS. • Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal. Driving Continued 377 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 378 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: • • • • The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit. Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes. ■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: • The camera temperature gets too high. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. • When driving through a sharp curve. • When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). • When the ABS or VSA® systems engage. Driving 378 A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 379 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following: ■ Environmental conditions • • • • • • • • • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. Driving Continued 379 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 380 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • When driving on roads with double lines. Driving 380 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too hot. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 381 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. ■ VSA® Operation When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink. The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. Continued Driving VSA® System Indicator 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System 381 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 382 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ■ VSA® On and Off VSA® OFF Indicator This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially turn the VSA® features on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep. The traction control stops fully functioning, allows the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come on. To turn it on again, press the button until you hear a beep. (VSA® OFF) Driving VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA® traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective. In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off. When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on. Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control systems switched off. You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. 382 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 383 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System * Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes. ■ How the system works 3 WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes. When your vehicle is moving forward at 20 mph (32 km/h) or more. Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners Alert Zone A B Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision. The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. • The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display appearing. • The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing. C Driving Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) 1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds. • A vehicle is parked in a side lane. • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h). • An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle. * Not available on all models Continued 383 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 384 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System * ■ When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside rearview mirror on both sides. Comes on when: ● A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle. ● You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times. 1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System * Comes On Blinks You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 97, 245 Driving BSI may be adversely affected when: • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected. • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. • Driving on a curved road. • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane. • The system picks up external electrical interference. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. • The orientation of the sensors has been changed. • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog). For a proper BSI use: • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted. The system is not activate when the shift lever is in (R . 384 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 385 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display. 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 494 Tire pressure checked and inflated in: • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation. Driving Continued 385 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 386 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Models with full color display Models without full color display 1Tire Pressure Monitor To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and press the (information) button until you see the tire pressure screen. The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada). Models with full color display Models without full color display Driving 386 * Not available on all models Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen. The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire *, or there is a problem with the TPMS. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 387 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale Driving when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Continued 387 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 388 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. Driving When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. 388 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 389 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Braking Brake System ■ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking. To apply: Pull the lever fully up without pressing the release button. NOTICE Release the parking brake fully before driving. The rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive with the parking brake applied. If you start driving without fully releasing the parking brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release Parking Brake appears on the multi-information display. Always apply the parking brake when parking. Continued Driving To release: 1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold the release button. 2. Lower the lever down all the way, then release the button. 389 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 390 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Foot Brake Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard. 2 Brake Assist System P. 392 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 391 1Foot Brake Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc. Driving Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear. Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you. 390 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 391 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ■ ABS Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as “stomp and steer.” ■ ABS operation When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size. When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking. In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: • When driving on rough road surfaces, including when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow. • When tire chains are installed. Driving The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. 391 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 392 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguBrake Assist System Brake Assist System ■ Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking. ■ Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking. When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down. Driving 392 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 393 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. ■ How the system works When to use The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 397 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 The radar sensor is in the front grille. Driving The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 397 The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you. The CMBSTM activates when: ● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision. ● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. * Not available on all models Continued 393 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 394 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ When the system activates The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) Visual Alerts Beep Driving Audible Alert At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multiinformation display setting options. 2 List of customizable options P. 100, 254 394 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 395 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Collision Alert Stages The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage. CMBSTM Distance between vehicles The sensors detect a vehicle Stage one Normal Long Short Vehicle Ahead There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you. Your Vehicle Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead Braking When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. — The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced. Lightly applied Visual and audible alerts. Stage three Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable. Driving Stage two Audible & Visual WARNINGS Forcefully applied Continued 395 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 396 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM On and Off 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * Press this button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off. When the CMBSTM is off: • The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument panel comes on. • A message on the multi-information display reminds you that the system is off. The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine. Driving 396 * Not available on all models The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 397 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 397 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions. 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 ■ Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. ■ Roadway conditions Driving • • • • • • • • • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. * Not available on all models Continued 397 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 398 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Vehicle conditions • • • • • • • • • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too hot. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. Driving 398 * Not available on all models 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 399 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Detection limitations Continued Driving • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down. 399 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 400 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Limitations pedestrians only • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side. • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. • When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7 feet (2 meter) in height. • When a pedestrian blends in with the background. • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they are running. • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size). Driving 400 ■ Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: • The temperature inside the system is high. • You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period. • An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 401 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ With Little Chance of a Collision The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are: ■ When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass. ■ At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn. ■ On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you. You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed. For the CMBSTM to work properly: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent. Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the emblem. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer. Driving ■ Through a low bridge at high speed 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) * ■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls. * Not available on all models 401 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 402 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P . 4. Turn off the engine. 1Parking Your Vehicle Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline. 1When Stopped Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire. NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously. • Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by depressing the accelerator pedal. • Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle stops completely. Driving 402 In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 403 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * Cross Traffic Monitor * Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected. The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space. 1Cross Traffic Monitor * 3 CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all. Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision. Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing. Driving * Not available on all models Continued 403 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 404 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ How the System Works 1Cross Traffic Monitor * The system activates when: • The power mode is in ON. • The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 405 2 Customized Features * P. 245 • The shift lever is in (R . • Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or lower. Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners Driving When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning. The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle. The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects. 404 * Not available on all models Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay detecting an approaching vehicle, or may alert detection without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: • An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall, near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensor’s scope. • Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher. • A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h). • The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby. • Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt. • When there is bad weather. • Your vehicle is on an incline. • Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. • Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a vehicle, and so on. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer. For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 405 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ When the System Detects a Vehicle 1When the System Detects a Vehicle If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R , mud, snow, ice, and others may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary. Arrow Icon Normal View Wide View Top Down View If the comes on in amber when the transmission is in (R , there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen. You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen. Driving ■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off 2 Customized Features * P. 245 Icon * Not available on all models 405 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 406 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Multi-View Rear Camera About Your Multi-View Rear Camera 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera Models with navigation system See the Navigation System Manual. Models without navigation system The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R . ■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area Wide View Mode Guidelines Bumper Normal View Mode Driving Camera Top Down View Mode Approx. 79 inches (2 m) Approx. 118 inches (3 m) You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the angle. If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next time you shift into (R . If Top View was last used, Wide mode is selected. 406 * Not available on all models Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle. If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris. You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Approx. 39 inches (1 m) The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are. Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R . Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 407 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Refueling Fuel Information ■ Fuel recommendation Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. ■ Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available. Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline. Driving Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system. 1Fuel Information For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com. ■ Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters) 407 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 408 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel How to Refuel 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear. 2. Turn off the engine. 3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at the foot of the driver’s seat. u The fuel fill door opens. Push 4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a release of air, wait until this stops, then turn the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap. 1How to Refuel 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature. Driving Cap Cap Holder 408 5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 6. Insert the filler nozzle fully. u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will click off automatically. This leaves space in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands with a change in the temperature. 7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap, tightening it until you hear it click at least once. u Shut the fuel fill door by hand. If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer. Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 409 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle. ■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving. Miles driven Gallons of fuel Miles per Gallon 100 Liters of fuel Kilometers driven L per 100 km In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/ Driving You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. • Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. • Maintain the specified tire pressure. • Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. • Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside adds weight and increases wind resistance. 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions 409 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 410 410 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 411 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Maintenance This chapter discusses basic maintenance. Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 412 Safety When Performing Maintenance..413 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 414 Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 415 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 420 Opening the Hood ........................... 421 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 422 Oil Check ......................................... 423 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 424 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...425 Engine Coolant ................................ 427 Transmission Fluid............................ 429 Brake Fluid....................................... 430 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 430 Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 431 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 440 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 442 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 443 Tire Labeling .................................... 443 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..445 Wear Indicators................................ 447 Tire Service Life................................ 447 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 448 Tire Rotation.................................... 449 Winter Tires ..................................... 450 Battery............................................... 451 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery ........... 452 Climate Control System Maintenance ..454 Cleaning Interior Care .................................... 455 Exterior Care.................................... 457 Accessories and Modifications ........ 460 411 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 412 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information. ■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance ■ Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling. ■ Periodic inspections • Check the brake fluid level monthly. 2 Brake Fluid P. 430 • Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442 Maintenance 412 • Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 1Inspection and Maintenance U.S. models Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are “certified” to EPA standards. According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID). 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418 If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com. 2 Authorized Manuals P. 509 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431 • Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 413 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task. ■ Maintenance Safety • To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts. • Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire. • To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline. • Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air. • Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. • The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and the engine is off. • Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts. • Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts. 3 WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner's manual. 3 WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner's manual. Maintenance ■ Vehicle Safety 1Safety When Performing Maintenance 413 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 414 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles. Maintenance 414 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 415 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Maintenance MinderTM If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services. Maintenance 415 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 416 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM To Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multiinformation display. Remaining Engine Oil Life Models with full color display Models without full color display Maintenance Service Items Maintenance 416 Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage. Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418 Button 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 417 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display Oil Life Display*1 Explanation Information Maintenance Due Soon/ SERVICE DUE SOON 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by pressing the (information) button, this message will go off. The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon. Maintenance Due Now/ SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 The engine oil has almost reached the percent. Press the button to end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be switch to another display. inspected and serviced as soon as possible. Maintenance Past Due/ SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has The engine oil life has passed. passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be distance appears after driving over 10 inspected and serviced immediately. miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Press the button to switch to another display. Maintenance Maintenance Message*1 *1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message. Continued 417 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 418 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Service Items System Message Indicator 1Maintenance Service Items • Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years. Maintenance Minder Message Main Item *1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display CODE A B ● ● ● ● Maintenance ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Sub Items Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check parking brake adjustment Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle (If equipped) Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system# Inspect fuel lines and connections# *1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. 418 km). • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if Main Item *1 • Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 they are noisy. *2 Sub Items CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● 5 ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed at 40,000 miles (64,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 419 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Resetting the Display 1Resetting the Display Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service. Models with full color display Models without full color display Maintenance Item Codes Maintenance Item Codes NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself. Models with two displays Engine Oil Life Engine Oil Life Button 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info group. Maintenance SEL/RESET Button You can reset the engine oil life display using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features * P. 245 2 Customized Features P. 97 3. Press the SEL/RESET button. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display. 4. Select RESET with the button, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button. * Not available on all models 419 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 420 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Engine Oil Fill Cap Washer Fluid (Blue Cap) Battery Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Cap Radiator Cap 420 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 421 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood Opening the Hood Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly. Pull 1Opening the Hood NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers. When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched. 3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood. If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated. Lever Grip Clamp When closing, remove the support rod, and stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the hood. Remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the hood close. Maintenance 4. Remove the support rod from the clamp using the grip. Mount the support rod in the hood. Support Rod 421 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 422 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil Recommended Engine Oil • Genuine Acura Motor Oil • Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container. Oil is a major contributor to your engine's performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute’s latest requirements. Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown. Maintenance Ambient Temperature ■ Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade. 422 1Recommended Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 423 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its hole. 1Oil Check If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill. 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary. Lower Mark Maintenance Upper Mark 423 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 424 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine oil dipstick. Engine Oil Fill Cap Maintenance 424 1Adding Engine Oil NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage. If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 425 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display. 1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off. 2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap. 3. Remove the screws on the undercarriage and remove the under cover. Under Cover 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground. Screw Washer 4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container. Maintenance Drain Bolt Continued 425 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 426 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Rid Screw Maintenance 426 Oil Filter 5. Remove the screws and remove the rid. 6. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil. 7. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it. 8. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter gasket. 9. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque: 30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m) 10. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including filter): 4.6 US qt (4.4 L) 11. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine. 12. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter. 13. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil. 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer. When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 427 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant Engine Coolant 1Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly. ■ Reserve Tank Reserve Tank 1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. MAX NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details. If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. MIN 2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. Continued Maintenance Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. 427 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 428 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant ■ Radiator 1Radiator Radiator Cap Maintenance 428 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system. Do not push the cap down when turning. 3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it. 4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low. 5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully. 6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank. 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 429 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid Transmission Fluid ■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0 Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself. 1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and may even damage it. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not covered by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty. Maintenance 429 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 430 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid Brake Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 NOTICE ■ Checking the Brake Fluid The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank. Brake Reserve Tank 1Brake Fluid MAX Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive damage. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement. MIN Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible. If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible. Maintenance Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. Canadian models If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir. 430 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 431 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Replacing Light Bulbs Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Fog Light Bulbs * The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. 1Fog Light Bulbs * When replacing, use the following bulbs. NOTICE Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb Type) 1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head screwdriver. u The screw does not drop. Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter. When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth. Maintenance Dropping prevention * Not available on all models 1Headlights Continued 431 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 432 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs * 2. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver into the tab at the inside edge of the cover, then pull straight out as indicated to remove the cover. Cover 3. Remove the screws using a Phillips-head screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light assembly out of the bumper. Screws Maintenance Bulb Tab Coupler 432 4. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 5. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to remove. 6. Insert a new bulb into the fog light assembly and turn it clockwise. 7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 433 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Lights Front Turn Signal Lights Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Parking/Daytime Running Lights Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance 433 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 434 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs Front Side Marker Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Front Side Marker Light: 3 CP Screw Clip (B) Inner Fender Clips (A) 1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs Holding clip (A-type) 1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the light being replaced. Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel counter-clockwise. Driver side: Turn the steering wheel clockwise. 2. Remove the holding clips (A), (B) and screw, pull the inner fender back. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. 3. Push the tab to remove the coupler. Coupler Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. Maintenance 434 Tab Push until the pin is flat 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 435 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs Socket 4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. 5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. 6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. 1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs Holding clip (B-type) When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver, then lift and remove the clip. Clip Bulb Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is flat. Maintenance Push until the pin is flat. 435 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 436 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights Brake light, taillight and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber) 1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. Cover Maintenance 2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar. Bolts 436 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 437 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs Bulb Socket 4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb. 5. Insert a new bulb. 6. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on to the guide on the body. Guide Maintenance 437 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 438 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Back-Up Light: 16 W 1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back. Clips 2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. Bulb Maintenance 438 Socket 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 439 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs Rear License Plate Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Rear License Plate Light: 5 W 1. Remove the screw from the center of the fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver. 2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back. Lining Clip Bulb Socket Fastener 3. Remove the license plate light assembly by squeezing the tabs on both sides of the socket. 4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. Maintenance High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. 439 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 440 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass. Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the passenger side. Lock Tab Maintenance 440 2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flattip screwdriver to push it up. Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. 3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm. 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 441 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber 4. Slide the wiper blade out of holder by pulling the tabbed end out. Blade Blade Retainer Maintenance 5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade that has been removed, and mount to a new rubber blade. u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and the retainer grooves. 6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. 7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm, then push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side. 441 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 442 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated. ■ Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure. Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating. Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly. Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. Maintenance At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month. ■ Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: • Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. • Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. • Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. • Excessive tread wear. 2 Wear Indicators P. 447 • Cracks or other damage around valve stem. 442 1Checking Tires 3 WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance. Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached. If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4 – 6 psi (30 – 40 kPa, 0.3 – 0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold. Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced. Vehicles with optional spare tire Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 443 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information. Label Example Tire Labeling Example 1Tire and Loading Information Label The tire and loading information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and spare. 1Tire Sizes Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below. Maximum Tire Pressure Tire Size ■ Tire Sizes Maintenance Maximum Tire Load Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P215/45R17 87V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 215: Tire width in millimeters. 45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 17: Rim diameter in inches. 87: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating). Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. Continued 443 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 444 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling ■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. ■ Glossary of Tire Terminology Maintenance 444 Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. 1Tire Identification Number (TIN) DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture. Year Week 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 445 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings. ■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Continued For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Maintenance ■ Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading 445 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 446 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) ■ Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Maintenance 446 ■ Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 1Traction Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 1Temperature Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 447 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators Wear Indicators Example of a Wear Indicator mark The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads. 1Checking Tires High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure. 225/40R18 92V*1 P215/45R17 87V*2 Front 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm2) Pressure Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2) *1: Vehicle with 18 inch tires *2: Vehicle with 17 inch tires Tire Size Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use). Maintenance In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear. 447 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 448 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause the ABS, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system and hill start assist system to work incorrectly. Maintenance 448 1Tire and Wheel Replacement 3 WARNING It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs. Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owner’s manual. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 449 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. ■ Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Front 1Tire Rotation Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below. Front Direction Mark ■ Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Maintenance Front 449 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 450 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving. Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding. Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law. When mounting, refer to the following points. For winter tires: • Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. • Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: • Install them on the front tires only. • Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the chains listed below: Maintenance Models with P215/45R17 87V tires Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032 Models with 225/40R18 92V tires Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036 • Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can. • Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. • Drive slowly. 450 1Winter Tires 3 WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains. NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle. When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle operational limits. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 451 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Battery Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer. 1Battery 3 WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation. Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly. If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead: • The audio system is disabled. 2 Reactivating the audio system P. 169 • The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 108 • The navigation system * is disabled. 2 Refer to the navigation system manual Charging the Battery When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it. WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling. When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion. Maintenance Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system. Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information. * Not available on all models 451 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 452 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery Models without remote control engine start system If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. Battery type: CR2032 1. Remove the built-in key. 1Replacing the Button Battery NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. Battery Maintenance 452 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 453 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery Models with remote control engine start system If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. Battery type: CR2032 1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place. Battery Models with remote control engine start system NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years. Maintenance 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 1Replacing the Button Battery 453 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 454 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Climate Control System Maintenance Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter. We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. Maintenance 454 1Dust and Pollen Filter If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 455 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Cleaning Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. ■ Cleaning Seat Belts Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. Opening 1Interior Care Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer. Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline. Continued Maintenance After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing. 455 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 456 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCleaninguInterior Care ■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them. Wipe using a glass cleaner. Models with front sensor camera Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light * sensor. 2 Automatic Lighting Control P. 137 2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers * P. 141 2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 352 ■ Floor Mats 1Floor Mats Unlock Maintenance Lock The front and rear floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position. Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats. ■ Maintaining Genuine Leather Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately. 456 * Not available on all models If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 457 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCleaninguExterior Care Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it. ■ Washing the Vehicle 1Washing the Vehicle Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: • If driving on roads with road salt. • If driving in coastal areas. • If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces. Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine compartment. It can cause a malfunction. ■ Using an Automated Car Wash • Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. • Fold in the door mirrors. • Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers *. • Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. • Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to enter the vehicle interior. • Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead, use low pressure water and a mild detergent. * Not available on all models Continued Maintenance ■ Using High Pressure Cleaners Air Intake Vents 457 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 458 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Applying Wax A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary. ■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water. ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. ■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels Maintenance 458 Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly. Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that help keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing. 1Applying Wax NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately. 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 459 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Maintenance 459 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 460 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Accessories and Modifications Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: • Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and delay your reaction to driving conditions. • Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. • Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle. 2 Fuses P. 495 • Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation. Modifications Maintenance Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect. Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, provincial, territorial, and local regulations. Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components. 460 1Accessories and Modifications 3 WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner's manual regarding accessories and modifications. Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 461 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Handling the Unexpected This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles. Tools Types of Tools .................................. 462 If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 463 Vehicles with optional spare tire Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 475 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine ........................ 482 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 483 Emergency Engine Stop ................... 484 Jump Starting.................................... 485 Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 488 Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 489 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ............................................. 491 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 491 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 492 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On......................... 493 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 494 Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 495 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 497 Emergency Towing........................... 498 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On.................................. 493 461 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 462 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Tools Types of Tools 1Types of Tools Vehicles with optional spare tire The tools are stored in the cargo area. Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle Jack Handle Bar Handling the Unexpected 462 Jack Tool Case 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 463 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair. If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. • The tire sealant has expired. • More than one tire is punctured. • The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). • The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is outside the contact area. Contact Area When the puncture is: Kit Use Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm) Yes Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm) No • Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated. • The tire bead is no longer seated. • The rim is damaged. Handling the Unexpected 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Move the shift lever to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit. NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor. Continued 463 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 464 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire Pressure Gauge AIR ONLY side Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Inflator Switch Handling the Unexpected Tire Sealant Expiration Date Pressure Relief Button Instruction Manual SEALANT/AIR side Power Plug Selector Switch Air Only Hose (Black) Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label U.S. U.S. Canada 1. Open the trunk floor lid. 464 Canada 1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit. When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 465 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 2. Remove the kit. 3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. Handling the Unexpected Continued 465 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 466 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Injecting Sealant and Air Valve Cap 1Injecting Sealant and Air 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. 3 WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed. If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately. Valve Stem Handling the Unexpected 2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging. Sealant/Air Hose In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using. The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately. Sealant/Air Hose Valve Stem 466 For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary. 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 467 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Injecting Sealant and Air 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60 6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete. SEALANT/AIR side Continued Handling the Unexpected 5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting sealant and air. 467 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 468 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Pressure Gauge ON OFF Handling the Unexpected Sealant/Air Hose 7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant and air into the tire. 8. When the sealant injection is complete, continue to add air. 9. After the air pressure reaches to specified pressure, turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn off the compressor and read the gauge. u Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for the specified pressure. 10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory power socket. 11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. Valve Stem 12. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). Pressure Relief Button 468 1Injecting Sealant and Air If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed. See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 469 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to ensure the label adheres properly. Repair Notification Label U.S. Canada U.S. Canada 1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown. 2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). 3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Handling the Unexpected ■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire Speed Restriction Label Continued 469 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 470 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor. 5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. u Do not turn the air compressor on to check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472 Air Only Hose Handling the Unexpected 470 6. If the air pressure is • Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed. 2 Emergency Towing P. 498 • Specified pressure or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u If the air pressure does not go down after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 471 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire • Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than specified pressure: Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches to specified pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472 ON 7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 8. Repackage and properly stow the kit. 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. Handling the Unexpected AIR ONLY side Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this range. 1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire Pressure Relief Button Continued 471 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 472 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid. 2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 464 2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. 4. Remove the air only hose from the kit. Handling the Unexpected Air Only Hose 5. Remove the valve cap. Valve Cap Air Only Hose Valve Stem 472 6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight. 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 473 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire 7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60 AIR ONLY side 9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit. u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire. 11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure. ON Continued Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. Handling the Unexpected 8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting air. 473 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 474 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire Pressure Relief Button Handling the Unexpected 474 12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 475 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire Vehicles with optional spare tire Changing a Flat Tire 1Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full size tire repaired or replaced. When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full size tire as soon as possible. The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle. Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire. Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor. Continued Handling the Unexpected 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Move the shift lever in (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2) 475 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 476 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire 1. Open the trunk floor lid. Handling the Unexpected 2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case. 3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire. Spare Tire Tool Case 4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire. Wheel Blocks The tire to be replaced. 476 1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire The shape of the tool case varies by model. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 477 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire 5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced. Continued Handling the Unexpected 6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench. 477 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 478 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ How to Set Up the Jack 1How to Set Up the Jack 1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed. 3 WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath. Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack. Handling the Unexpected 2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is resting in the jack notch. 3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground. Jack Handle Bar 478 Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle. Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or may not fit the jacking point. The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: • Do not use while the engine is running. • Use only where the ground is firm and level. • Use only at the jacking points. • Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. • Do not put anything on top of or underneath the jack. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 479 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Replacing the Flat Tire 1Replacing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire. Handling the Unexpected 2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth. 3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating. Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe. 5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m) Continued 479 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 480 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ Storing the Flat Tire Center Cap 1Storing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the center cap. 3 WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving. Handling the Unexpected Wing Bolt Spacer Cone For fullsize tire For compact spare tire 480 2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well. 3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt. 4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 481 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire ■ TPMS and the Spare Tire If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal. If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the multi-information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers). 1TPMS and the Spare Tire The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct. Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. Handling the Unexpected 481 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 482 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it. 2 Jump Starting P. 485 Handling the Unexpected Starter condition Starter doesn’t turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. Checklist Check for a message on the multi-information display. ● If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483 uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range. 2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 133 Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness. ● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Battery P. 451 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 495 Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 338 Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started. ● The starter turns over normally but the engine doesn’t start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. 2 Immobilizer System P. 126 Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 88 Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 497 If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 498 482 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 483 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak 2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator stays on. u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode will change to ACCESSORY. Handling the Unexpected If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine won’t start. Start the engine as follows. 1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30 seconds. 483 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 484 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: • Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. • Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice. Handling the Unexpected 484 The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place. The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift lever to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. 1Emergency Engine Stop Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 485 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Jump Starting ■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting Continued 3 WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery. Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables. Handling the Unexpected Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood. 1. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle's battery + terminal. 2. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery charger to boost your 12-volt battery, Booster Battery select a lower charging voltage than 15 volts. Check the charger manual for the proper setting. 3. Connect the second jumper cable to the assisting vehicle's - terminal. 485 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 486 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuJump Startingu 4. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part. 5. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine and increase its rpm slightly. 6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact. Handling the Unexpected 486 1Jump Starting Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 487 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuJump Startingu ■ What to Do After the Engine Starts Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order. 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery - terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery + terminal. Handling the Unexpected Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer. 487 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 488 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Shift Lever Does Not Move Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position. ■ Releasing the Lock Slot Cover Handling the Unexpected 4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key down, press the shift lever release button and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Release Button Shift Lock Release Slot 488 1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote. 3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock release slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 489 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Overheating How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: • The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses power. • Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. ■ First thing to do Continued 3 WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out. NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the H mark may damage the engine. Handling the Unexpected 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then open the hood. 1How to Handle Overheating 489 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 490 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating ■ Next thing to do Reserve Tank 1How to Handle Overheating MAX MIN Handling the Unexpected 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on. ■ Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs. 490 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 491 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs. 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately. 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery. Handling the Unexpected Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. ■ What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about one minute. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. u Add oil as necessary. 3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs immediately. 491 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 492 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks Handling the Unexpected ■ Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink • Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. • Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools. ■ Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message ■ The message appears on when: An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being loose or not being installed. ■ What to do when the message appears: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed. u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once. 3. Drive for several days of normal driving. u The message should go off. ■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the fuel fill cap. 492 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 493 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On U.S. Canada ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • The brake fluid is low. • There is a malfunction in the brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. • If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. • If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. • If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears. If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately. Handling the Unexpected If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On 493 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 494 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks Handling the Unexpected 494 ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers). 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 495 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Fuses Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown. Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box 2 Tab 3 4 5 6 * Not available on all models Amps 70 A − 30 A 40 A 30 A 120 A 50 A 60 A 60 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 40 A 30 A 20 A 20 A − − 7.5 A − Circuit Protected 7 − 8 − 9 − 10 − 11 Oil Level 12 Fog Lights * 13 Injector 14 Hazard 15 FI Sub 16 IG Coil 17 Daytime Running Lights 18 Stop & Horn 19 − 20 Right Headlight Low Beam 21 IGP 22 DBW 23 Left Headlight Low Beam 24 − 25 MG Clutch 26 Washer 27 Small 28 Interior Lights 29 Backup Amps − − − − 7.5 A (20 A) 20 A 10 A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 10 A − 10 A 15 A 15 A 10 A − 7.5 A 15 A 20 A 7.5 A 10 A Continued Handling the Unexpected Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. Circuit Protected EPS − ABS/VSA FSR ABS/VSA Motor WIPER Main Fuse IG Main Fuse Box Main Fuse Box Main 2 Headlight Main ST/MG SW Rear Defogger IG Main1 Blower IG Main2 Sub Fan Motor Main Fan Motor − − Starter DIAG − 495 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 496 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Interior Fuse Box Located under the dashboard. 9 10 11 12 13 14 Handling the Unexpected Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 496 15 Fuse Label Circuit Protected − ACG SRS Fuel Pump Meter Power Window VB SOL * Right Door Lock Motor (Unlock) * Not available on all models Amps − 15 A 10 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Circuit Protected Left Door Lock Motor (Unlock) Audio Moonroof Driver’s Power Seat Sliding * Driver’s Power Seat Reclining * Seat Heaters * Driver’s Door Lock Motor (Unlock) Passenger’s Power Seat Sliding * Passenger’s Power Seat Reclining * − Accessory ACC Key Lock Daytime Running Lights HAC − ABS/VSA ACC − Accessory Power Socket − ODS Amps 15 A 30 (15 A) 20 A (20 A) 31 (20 A) 33 (15 A) 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 10 A (20 A) (20 A) − 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A − 7.5 A 7.5 A − 20 A − 7.5 A 32 43 44 45 46 Circuit Protected Driver’s Door Lock Motor (Lock) SMART Right Door Lock Motor (Lock) Left Door Lock Motor (Lock) Small Lights Illumination − Premium Audio * Left Headlight High Beam Right Headlight High Beam − Door Lock Driver’s Power Window Rear Passenger’s Side Power Window Front Passenger’s Side Power Window Rear Driver’s Side Power Window − Amps 10 A 10 A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A − (30 A) 10 A 10 A − 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A − 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 497 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses Inspecting and Changing Fuses Blown Fuse Combined Fuse 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system. Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 495 to 496. There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box cover. Handling the Unexpected Fuse Puller 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off. 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one. 4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one. 497 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 498 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Emergency Towing Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. ■ Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle. ■ Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle. Handling the Unexpected 498 1Emergency Towing NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission. Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break. 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 499 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Information This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other information required by regulation. Specifications .................................... 500 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 502 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 503 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 504 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 505 Warranty Coverages ........................ 507 Authorized Manuals......................... 509 Client Service Information ............... 510 499 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 500 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Specifications ■ Vehicle Specifications ■ Engine Specifications Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Acura ILX Displacement 2 3 5 Spark Plugs U.S.: 4,001 lbs (1,815 kg)*1 Canada: 1,815 kg*1 U.S.: 4,023 lbs (1,825 kg)*2 Canada: 1,825 kg*2 U.S.: 4,045 lbs (1,835 kg)*3 Canada: 1,835 kg*3 U.S.: 2,205 lbs (1,000 kg)*1 Canada: 1,000 kg*1 U.S.: 2,216 lbs (1,005 kg)*2 Canada: 1,005 kg*2 U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)*3 Canada: 1,010 kg*3 U.S.: 1,797 lbs (815 kg)*1 Canada: 815 kg*1 U.S.: 1,808 lbs (820 kg)*2 Canada: 820 kg*2 U.S.: 1,819 lbs (825 kg)*3 Canada: 825 kg*3 ■ Fuel Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Information Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) *1: Vehicle without blind spot information system *2: 17 inch wheel vehicle with blind spot information system *3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel ■ Air Conditioning Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type Quantity 500 HFC-134a (R-134a) 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g) SP-10 4.88 – 5.49 cu-in (80 – 90 cm3) * Not available on all models Type Fuel Tank Capacity 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3) DILKAR7G11GS NGK DILKAR7H11GS DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 13.2 US gal (50 ℓ) ■ Washer Fluid Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ) Canada: 5.12 US qt (4.85 ℓ) ■ Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) Fog Lights * Front Turn Signal Lights Parking/Daytime Running Lights Front Side Marker Lights Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights Back-Up Lights Rear Turn Signal Lights High-Mount Brake Light Rear License Plate Light Trunk Light Interior Lights Map Lights Ceiling Light Foot light Glove Box light Vanity Mirror light LED 55 W (H11) LED LED 3 CP LED 16 W 21 W (Amber) LED 5W 5W LED 8W 1.4 W LED 1.4 W 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 501 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuSpecificationsu ■ Brake Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid Specified Capacity Recommended Capacity Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0 Change 4.3 US qt (4.1 ℓ) ■ Tire ·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 ℓ) Change including 4.6 US qt (4.4 ℓ) filter ■ Engine Coolant Specified Ratio Capacity Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 1.71 US gal (6.49 ℓ) (change including the remaining 0.166 US gal (0.63 ℓ) in the reserve tank) Regular Compact Spare*3 Wheel Size Size*1 Pressure*1 psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size*2 Pressure*2 psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare*3 225/40R18 92V Front 33 (230 [2.3]) Rear 32 (220 [2.2]) P215/45R17 87V Front 35 (240 [2.4]) Rear 33 (230 [2.3]) T135/70D17 92M 60 (420 [4.2]) 18 x 7 1/2J*1 17 x 7J*2 17 x 4T *1: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel *2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel *3: Vehicle with optional spare tire Information 501 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 502 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows. 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover. Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number Information 502 Dual Clutch Transmission Number Cover Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 503 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Devices that Emit Radio Waves The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation. AcuraLink * Audio System Blind Spot Information System * Bluetooth® Audio Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM* HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. * Not available on all models Information As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. 503 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 504 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Reporting Safety Defects In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov. In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada. Information If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc. To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety. 504 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 505 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected. To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set. 1Testing of Readiness Codes The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions. If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test. If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer. If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following: Continued Information 1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20 seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes). 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. 505 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 506 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). 8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal. 9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes. Information 506 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 507 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Warranty Coverages ■ U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties: New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship. Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information. Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage. Information Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship. Continued 507 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 508 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuWarranty Coveragesu Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer. Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle. Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet. ■ Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle. ■ EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting: Information 508 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: [email protected] 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 509 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Authorized Manuals ■ Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options. ■ For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com. ■ For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require. Information 509 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 510 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Client Service Information Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services. U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238 Information 510 In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546 Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: [email protected] 1Client Service Information When you call or write, please give us the following information: • Vehicle Identification Number 2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 502 • Date of purchase • Odometer reading of your vehicle • Your name, address, and telephone number • A detailed description of the problem • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 511 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 uuClient Service Informationu ■ Disclaimer of Pandora® * Requirements to access Pandora® • Latest version of the Pandora app installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone. • Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone) • Connection to the internet via WiFi or cellular data network. Information * Not available on all models 511 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 512 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Index Index A Index 512 AAC.................................................... 218, 228 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 391 Accessories and Modifications ................. 460 Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 159 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)........... 76, 354 Additives Coolant ................................................... 427 Engine Oil................................................ 422 Washer.................................................... 430 Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 422 Adjusting Armrest ................................................... 155 Front Seats .............................................. 148 Head Restraints........................................ 151 Mirrors .................................................... 146 Rear Seat ................................................. 154 Steering Wheel ........................................ 143 Temperature.............................................. 94 AhaTM Menu .............................................. 227 AhaTM Radio .............................................. 240 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) .................................................... 161 Changing the Mode ................................ 161 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 162 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161 Sensors.................................................... 164 Synchronized Mode ................................. 163 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161 Air Pressure....................................... 443, 501 Airbags........................................................ 35 Advanced Airbags ..................................... 41 After a Collision ........................................ 38 Airbag Care............................................... 47 Event Data Recorder.................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 38 Indicator.............................................. 45, 69 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 46 Sensors ..................................................... 35 Side Airbags .............................................. 42 Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 44 AM/FM Radio.................................... 178, 206 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 391 Indicator.................................................... 69 Armrest ..................................................... 155 Audio Remote Controls ........................... 170 Audio System............................................ 166 Adjusting the Sound........................ 177, 204 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 167 Error Messages........................................ 235 General Information ................................ 241 Internet Radio ......................................... 225 iPhone............................................. 225, 244 iPod ................................................ 183, 221 MP3/WMA/AAC...................... 188, 218, 228 Pandora®................................................. 186 Reactivating ............................................ 169 Recommended CDs................................. 242 Recommended Devices............................ 244 Security Code.......................................... 169 Shortcuts ................................................ 195 Theft Protection ...................................... 169 USB Adapter Cable ................................. 167 USB Flash Drives...................................... 244 USB Port ................................................. 168 Audio/Information Screen ............... 172, 200 Authorized Manuals ................................ 509 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 121 Customize ...................................... 103, 257 Automatic Lighting.................................. 137 Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 167 Average Fuel Economy .............................. 94 Average Speed ........................................... 95 B Battery ...................................................... 451 Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491 Jump Starting ......................................... 485 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 451 Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 452 Belts (Seat).................................................. 28 Beverage Holders ..................................... 158 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ....... 383 Bluetooth® Audio............................. 191, 231 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 269 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 59 Brake System ............................................ 389 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 391 Brake Assist System................................. 392 Fluid ....................................................... 430 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 513 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Foot Brake .............................................. 390 Indicator ........................................... 64, 493 Parking Brake.......................................... 389 Brake System (Amber) Indicator ................................................... 65 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 142 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System....... 383 Bulb Replacement.................................... 431 Back-Up Light Bulbs ................................ 438 Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights.................................................... 436 Fog Light Bulbs ....................................... 431 Front Side Marker Light Bulbs ................. 434 Front Turn Signal Lights .......................... 433 Headlights .............................................. 431 High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 439 Parking/Daytime Running Lights.............. 433 Rear License Plate Light Bulbs.................. 439 Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs.................... 436 Bulb Specifications................................... 500 C Controls..................................................... 107 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 427 Adding to the Radiator............................ 428 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427 Overheating ............................................ 489 Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission) ...... 344 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 403 Cruise Control........................................... 349 Indicator.................................................... 74 Cup Holders .............................................. 158 Customized Features.......................... 97, 245 D Daytime Running Lights .......................... Dead Battery............................................. Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... Dimming Headlights............................................... Rearview Mirror....................................... Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. Door Mirrors ............................................. 139 485 162 503 136 146 423 136 147 Index Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 60 Carrying Cargo ................................. 333, 335 CD Player .......................................... 180, 218 Certification Label ................................... 502 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 431 Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491 Child Safety ................................................ 48 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120 Child Seat .................................................... 48 Booster Seats............................................. 59 Child Seat for Infants ................................. 50 Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 51 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 55 Larger Children.......................................... 58 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 50 Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 52 Using a Tether ........................................... 57 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 120 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 457 Cleaning the Interior ................................ 455 Client Service Information ....................... 510 Climate Control System ............................ 161 Changing the Mode ................................ 161 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 162 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161 Sensors.................................................... 164 Synchronized Mode ................................. 163 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161 Clock .......................................................... 108 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................. 393 Coat Hook ................................................. 159 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).................................................. 393 Compact Spare Tire .......................... 475, 501 Console Compartment ............................. 157 513 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 514 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Index Doors ......................................................... 110 Auto Door Locking .................................. 121 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 121 Door Open Indicator ............................ 27, 71 Door Open Message .................................. 85 Keys ........................................................ 110 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside..................................................... 118 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 113 Lockout Prevention System ...................... 116 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 445 Driving....................................................... 331 Braking.................................................... 389 Cruise Control ......................................... 349 Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 344 Shifting Gear ........................................... 345 Starting the Engine .................................. 338 Driving Position Memory System............. 144 Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 344 Creeping ................................................. 344 Fluid ................................................ 429, 501 Kickdown ................................................ 344 Operating the Shift Lever ................... 16, 345 Shift Lever Does Not Move....................... 488 Shifting.................................................... 345 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454 E Elapsed Time ............................................... 95 514 Electric Power Steering System (EPS) Indicator............................................ 70, 493 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 381 Emergency ................................................ 498 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 505 Engine ....................................................... 502 Coolant................................................... 427 Jump Starting.......................................... 485 Oil........................................................... 422 Remote Engine Start................................ 340 Starting ................................................... 338 Switch Buzzer.......................................... 133 Engine Coolant......................................... 427 Adding to the Radiator............................ 428 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427 Overheating ............................................ 489 Temperature Gauge .................................. 88 Engine Oil ................................................. 422 Adding.................................................... 424 Checking................................................. 423 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 416 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 65, 491 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 422 ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 133 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 70, 493 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 60 Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 147 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 457 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 147 F Features .................................................... 165 Filters Dust and Pollen....................................... 454 Oil .......................................................... 425 Flat Tire..................................................... 463 Floor Mats ................................................ 456 Fluids Brake ...................................................... 430 Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 429 Engine Coolant ....................................... 427 Windshield Washer ................................. 430 Fog Light Indicator .................................... 73 Folding Down the Rear Seat ................... 154 Foot Brake ................................................ 390 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 38 Front Seats................................................ 148 Adjusting ................................................ 148 Front Sensor Camera ............................... 352 Fuel ..................................................... 17, 407 Economy................................................. 409 Gauge ...................................................... 88 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68 Range ....................................................... 95 Recommendation.................................... 407 Refueling ................................................ 407 Fuel Economy ........................................... 409 Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 17, 408 Message ................................................. 492 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 17, 408 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 515 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Fuses ......................................................... 495 Inspecting and Changing ........................ 497 Locations ........................................ 495, 496 G Gasoline (Fuel) Economy................................................. 409 Gauge ...................................................... 88 Information............................................. 407 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68 Refueling ................................................ 407 Gauges........................................................ 88 Gear Position Indicator.............................. 66 Gear Shift Lever Positions Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 345 Glass (care) ............................................... 458 Glove Box ................................................. 157 H I Identification Numbers ............................ 502 Engine and Transmission ......................... 502 Vehicle Identification ............................... 502 Illumination Control................................. 142 Knob....................................................... 142 Immobilizer System .................................. 126 Indicator.................................................... 73 Index Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 431 Handling the Unexpected ....................... 461 HandsFreeLink® (HFL) .............................. 269 Auto Answer .......................................... 313 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History .......... 285, 315 Automatic Transferring ................... 283, 313 Caller’s ID Information ............................ 283 Displaying Messages ............................... 327 HFL Buttons ..................................... 269, 298 HFL Menus ...................................... 271, 300 HFL Status Display ........................... 270, 299 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 299 Making a Call .................................. 288, 319 Options During a Call ...................... 292, 324 Phone Setup .................................... 276, 305 Receiving a Call ............................... 291, 323 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message .............. 325 Ring Tone ................................................ 314 Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 326 Speed Dial ....................................... 286, 316 Text Message .................................. 281, 293 To Clear the System................................. 284 To Create a Security PIN .................. 282, 312 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option.. 310 Use Contact Photo .................................. 314 Hazard Warning Button............................... 4 HDMI® Port ............................................... 168 Head Restraints......................................... 151 Headlights................................................. 136 Automatic Operation ............................... 137 Dimming ......................................... 136, 139 Operating ................................................ 136 Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 160 HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ............................... 269 High-Beam Indicator .................................. 72 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 342 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 266 515 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book Index 516 516 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Indicators..................................................... 64 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .......... 76, 354 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 69 Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 78, 384 Brake System (Amber)................................ 65 Brake System (Red) .................................... 64 Charging System ............................... 67, 491 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 79, 80 CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 74, 350 CRUISE MAIN .................................... 74, 349 Door and Trunk Open.......................... 27, 71 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 70, 493 Fog Light ................................................... 73 Gear Position ............................................. 66 High-Beam ................................................ 72 Immobilizer System.................................... 73 Keyless Access System ............................... 74 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 77, 375 Lights On................................................... 73 Low Fuel.................................................... 68 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 65, 491 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 71, 385, 387 Maintenance Minder ............................... 415 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 67, 492 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 64, 493 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 75 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 29, 68 Security System Alarm ............................... 74 Sequential mode...................................... 348 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 45, 69 System Message........................................ 72 Transmission ............................................. 66 Turn Signal................................................ 72 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System ............................................ 70, 381 VSA® OFF .......................................... 70, 382 Information .............................................. 499 Instant Fuel Economy................................. 95 Instrument Panel ........................................ 63 Brightness Control................................... 142 Interface Dial ............................................ 193 Interior Lights ........................................... 156 Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 146 Internet Radio .................................. 186, 225 iPhone ............................................... 225, 244 iPod ................................................... 183, 221 J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 478 Jump Starting ........................................... 485 K Key Number Tag....................................... Keyless Access System .............................. Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... Keys ........................................................... Lockout Prevention.................................. Number Tag ............................................ Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 112 113 116 110 116 112 120 Remote Transmitter ................................ 115 Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 117, 340 Types and Functions................................ 110 Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 344 L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 373 Language (HFL) ................................ 270, 299 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 53 Lights ................................................ 136, 431 Automatic............................................... 137 Bulb Replacement ................................... 431 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 139 Fog Lights ............................................... 139 High-Beam Indicator ................................. 72 Interior.................................................... 156 Light Switches......................................... 136 Lights On Indicator.................................... 73 Turn Signals ............................................ 136 Limitations for Manual Operation.......... 270 Load Limits ............................................... 335 Locking/Unlocking ................................... 110 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 121 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120 From Inside ............................................. 118 From Outside .......................................... 113 Keys........................................................ 110 Using a Key............................................. 116 Lockout Prevention System ..................... 116 Low Battery Charge ................................. 491 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 517 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength.................................................. 112 Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 65, 491 Lower Anchors ........................................... 53 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 335 M N Numbers (Identification) .......................... 502 O Odometer.................................................... 94 Oil (Engine) ............................................... 422 Adding .................................................... 424 Checking ................................................. 423 Displaying Oil Life .................................... 416 Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 65, 491 Recommended Engine Oil........................ 422 Viscosity .................................................. 422 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 194 Opening/Closing Hood ....................................................... 421 Moonroof................................................ 132 Power Windows ...................................... 129 Trunk ...................................................... 122 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ....................................... 133 Outside Temperature................................. 94 Adjusting .................................................. 94 Overheating.............................................. 489 P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode)... 16 Pandora®........................................... 186, 226 Panic Mode ............................................... 128 Parking...................................................... 402 Parking Brake ........................................... 389 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator............................................ 64, 493 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 46 Passing Indicators ..................................... 136 Power Windows ....................................... 129 Precautions While Driving ....................... 343 Rain ........................................................ 343 Pregnant Women ....................................... 33 Puncture (Tire).......................................... 463 R Radiator .................................................... 428 Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 178, 206 Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 211 Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 179, 208 Range .......................................................... 95 RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 179, 208 Index Maintenance ............................................ 411 Battery.................................................... 451 Brake Fluid.............................................. 430 Cleaning ................................................. 455 Climate Control System .......................... 454 Coolant .................................................. 427 Maintenance MinderTM............................ 415 Oil .......................................................... 423 Precautions ............................................. 412 Radiator.................................................. 428 Remote Transmitter ................................ 452 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 431 Safety ..................................................... 413 Service Items........................................... 418 Tires........................................................ 442 Transmission Fluid................................... 429 Under the Hood...................................... 420 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 67, 492 Map Lights................................................ 156 Maximum Load Limit............................... 335 Meters, Gauges .......................................... 88 Mirrors....................................................... 146 Adjusting................................................. 146 Door........................................................ 147 Exterior.................................................... 147 Interior Rearview ..................................... 146 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 460 Moonroof.................................................. 132 MP3 ................................... 180, 188, 218, 228 Multi-Information Display ......................... 89 Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 406 517 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 518 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 505 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...................................................... 143 Rear Seat (Folding Down) ........................ 154 Rearview Mirror........................................ 146 Refueling................................................... 407 Fuel Gauge ................................................ 88 Gasoline .......................................... 407, 500 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68 Regulations ............................... 387, 445, 503 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 340 Remote Transmitter.................................. 115 Replacement Battery..................................................... 452 Bulbs ....................................................... 431 Fuses ............................................... 495, 496 Tires ........................................................ 448 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 440 Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 504 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 94 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 368 On and Off .............................................. 370 Index 518 S Safe Driving................................................. 23 Safety Labels ............................................... 61 Safety Message ............................................. 1 Seat Belts..................................................... 28 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 32 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 30 Checking................................................... 34 Fastening .................................................. 31 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 55 Pregnant Women ...................................... 33 Reminder .................................................. 29 Warning Indicator ............................... 29, 68 Seat Heaters.............................................. 160 Seats .......................................................... 148 Adjusting ................................................ 148 Front Seats .............................................. 148 Rear Seat................................................. 154 Seat Heaters............................................ 160 Security System......................................... 126 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 73 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 74 Select Lever......................................... 16, 345 Operation.......................................... 16, 346 Releasing................................................. 488 Won’t Move............................................ 488 Selecting a Child Seat................................. 52 Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 171 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 347 Sequential Shift Mode Operation ........... 348 Setting the Clock ...................................... 108 Shift Lever........................................... 16, 345 Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 66, 346 Shifting (Transmission)............................. 345 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 32 Side Airbags................................................ 42 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 44 SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 211 SMS Text Message............................ 281, 293 Snow Tires ................................................ 450 Spare Tire ................................................. 501 Spark Plugs ............................................... 500 Specifications ........................................... 500 Specified Fuel ................................... 407, 500 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 38 Starting the Engine.................................. 338 Does Not Start ........................................ 482 Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 133 Jump Starting ......................................... 485 Remote Engine Start ............................... 340 Steering Wheel ........................................ 143 Adjusting ................................................ 143 Stopping ................................................... 402 Summer Tires............................................ 450 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 38 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) .. 4, 5 System Message Indicator ......................... 72 T Temperature Sensor ................................ 164 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 464 Text Message.................... 281, 293, 325, 327 Time (Setting)........................................... 108 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)..................................................... 385 Indicator ........................................... 71, 494 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 519 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 20 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 21 Emergency Towing .................................. 498 Engine Won’t Start .................................. 482 Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 463 Noise When Braking .................................. 21 Overheating ............................................ 489 Premium Gasoline ........................... 407, 500 Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 463 Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 20, 120 Select Lever Won’t Move ......................... 488 Warning Indicators .................................... 64 Trunk ......................................................... 122 Lid ........................................................... 122 Light Bulb ................................................ 500 Open Message .......................................... 85 Turn Signals .............................................. 136 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 72 Turn-by-Turn Directions ............................. 95 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 117, 340 U Unlocking the Doors ................................ 113 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 12, 118 USB Adapter Cable ........................... 166, 167 USB Flash Drives........................................ 244 USB Port .................................................... 168 Using the Keyless Access System.............. 113 V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 502 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 381 Off Button............................................... 382 Off Indicator.............................................. 70 System Indicator........................................ 70 Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 422, 501 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 381 W Wallpaper ......................................... 173, 202 Wallpaper Setup....................................... 175 Warning and Information Messages......... 81 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 491 Warning Labels........................................... 61 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 507 Watts......................................................... 500 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 447 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 478 Window Washers ..................................... 140 Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 430 Switch..................................................... 140 Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 129 Index Tires .......................................................... 442 Air Pressure..................................... 443, 501 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 442 Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 463 Inspection ............................................... 442 Labeling.................................................. 443 Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 463 Regulations............................................. 445 Rotation.................................................. 449 Spare Tire ............................................... 501 Summer.................................................. 450 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 464 Tire Chains.............................................. 450 Wear Indicators....................................... 447 Winter .................................................... 450 Tools ......................................................... 462 Towing a Trailer....................................... 337 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 337 Emergency.............................................. 498 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 385 Transmission............................................. 345 Automatic............................................... 345 Fluid ....................................................... 429 Gear Position Indicator.............................. 66 Number .................................................. 502 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 347 Shift Lever Position Indicator ................... 346 Trip Meter .................................................. 94 Troubleshooting ...................................... 461 Blown Fuse ..................................... 495, 496 519 17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 520 ページ 2016年3月15日 火曜日 午後5時0分 Windshield ................................................ 140 Cleaning.................................................. 458 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 162 Washer Fluid............................................ 430 Wiper Blades ........................................... 440 Wipers and Washers ................................ 140 Winter Tires............................................... 450 Snow Tires............................................... 450 Tire Chains .............................................. 450 Wipers and Washers ................................. 140 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 440 WMA ................................. 180, 188, 218, 228 Worn Tires................................................. 442 Index 520
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project